15.08.2013 Views

MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org

MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org

MERLIN LEGEND® Communications System ... - users.757.org

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ®<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference<br />

555-670-116<br />

Comcode 108370305<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999


Copyright © 1999, Lucent Technologies Document 555-670-116<br />

All Rights Reserved Comcode 108370305<br />

Printed in USA Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

Notice<br />

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this<br />

guide is complete and accurate at the time of printing. Information,<br />

however, is subject to change. See Appendix A, “Customer Support<br />

Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming, for important information.<br />

Your Responsibility for Your <strong>System</strong>’s Security<br />

Toll fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications<br />

system by an unauthorized party—for example, persons other than<br />

your company’s employees, agents, subcontractors, or persons<br />

working on your company’s behalf. Note that there may be a risk of<br />

toll fraud associated with your telecommunications system, and, if<br />

toll fraud occurs, it can result in substantial additional charges for<br />

your telecommunications services.<br />

You and your system manager are responsible for the security of<br />

your system, such as programming and configuring your<br />

equipment to prevent unauthorized use. The system manager is<br />

also responsible for reading all installation, instruction, and system<br />

administration documents provided with this product in order to fully<br />

understand the features that can introduce risk of toll fraud and the<br />

steps that can be taken to reduce that risk. Lucent Technologies<br />

does not warrant that this product is immune from or will prevent<br />

unauthorized use of common-carrier telecommunication services<br />

or facilities accessed through or connected to it. Lucent<br />

Technologies will not be responsible for any charges that result<br />

from such unauthorized use. For important information regarding<br />

your system and toll fraud, see Appendix A, “Customer Support<br />

Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />

Federal <strong>Communications</strong> Commission Statement<br />

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits<br />

for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.<br />

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against<br />

harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a<br />

commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can<br />

radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in<br />

accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful<br />

interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment<br />

in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which<br />

case the user will be required to correct the interference at their<br />

own expense. For further FCC information, see Appendix A,<br />

“Customer Support Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.


Canadian Department of <strong>Communications</strong> (DOC)<br />

Interference Information<br />

This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio<br />

noise emissions set out in the radio interference<br />

regulations of the Canadian Department of <strong>Communications</strong>.<br />

Le Présent Appareil Numérique n’émet pas de bruits<br />

radioélectriques dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils<br />

numériques de la classe A préscrites dans le réglement sur le<br />

brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> du Canada.<br />

Year 2000 Compliance<br />

The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> is certified to be<br />

Year 2000 compliant. Additional information on this certification,<br />

and other issues regarding Year 2000 compliance, is available<br />

online at http://www.lucent.com/<br />

enterprise/sig/yr2000.<br />

Trademarks<br />

5ESS, AUDIX, CONVERSANT, CentreVu, DEFINITY, Magic On<br />

Hold, <strong>MERLIN</strong>, <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND, <strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail, PARTNER,<br />

PassageWay, MLX-10, MLX-10D, MLX-10DP, MLX-16DP, MLX-<br />

20L, MLX-28D, MLS-6, MLS-12, MLS-12D, MLS-18D, MLS-34D,<br />

SYSTIMAX, TransTalk, and Voice Power are registered trademarks<br />

and 4ESS, Intuity, Lucent Technologies, and Prologix are<br />

trademarks of Lucent Technologies in the US and other countries.<br />

Acculink, ACCUNET, MEGACOM, MulitiQuest, MLX-5, MLX-5D,<br />

and NetPROTECT are registered trademarks of AT&T.<br />

Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and MS-DOS are registered<br />

trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />

ProComm and ProComm Plus are registered trademarks of<br />

DataStorm Technologies, Inc.<br />

Supra, Supra NC, StarSet, and Mirage are registered trademarks<br />

of Plantronics, Inc.<br />

UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX <strong>System</strong> Laboratories, Inc.<br />

PagePac is a registered trademark and Powermate and Zonemate<br />

are trademarks of DRACON, a division of Harris Corporation.<br />

Okidata is a registered trademark of Okidata Corporation.<br />

Pipeline is a trademark of Ascend <strong>Communications</strong>, Inc.<br />

Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.<br />

Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple<br />

Computer, Inc.<br />

IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines,<br />

Inc.<br />

Novell and NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell<br />

Corporation.<br />

CLASS is a servicemark of Bellcore.


Ordering Information<br />

Call: BCS Publications Center<br />

Voice 1-800-457-1235 International Voice<br />

317-322-6791<br />

Fax 1-800-457-1764 International Fax<br />

317-322-6699<br />

Write: BCS Publications Center<br />

2855 North Franklin Road<br />

Indianapolis, IN 46219-1385<br />

Order: Document No. 555-670-140<br />

Comcode: 108289513<br />

Issue 1, April 1999<br />

For more information about Lucent Technologies documents, refer<br />

to the section entitled, “Related Documents” in “About This Guide.”<br />

Support Telephone Number<br />

In the continental US, Lucent Technologies provides a toll-free<br />

customer helpline 24 hours a day. Call the Lucent Technologies<br />

Helpline at 1-800-628-2888 or your Lucent Technologies<br />

authorized dealer if you need assistance when installing,<br />

programming, or using your system. Outside the continental US,<br />

contact your local Lucent Technologies authorized representative.<br />

Network Engineering Group<br />

For assistance in designing a private network, call the Network<br />

Engineering Group at 1-888-297-4700.<br />

Lucent Technologies Corporate Security<br />

Whether or not immediate support is required, all toll fraud<br />

incidents involving Lucent Technologies products or services<br />

should be reported to Lucent Technologies Corporate Security at<br />

1-800-821-8235. In addition to recording the incident, Lucent<br />

Technologies Corporate Security is available for consultation on<br />

security issues, investigation support, referral to law enforcement<br />

agencies, and educational programs.<br />

Lucent Technologies Fraud Intervention<br />

If you suspect you are being victimized by toll fraud and you need<br />

technical support or assistance, call BCS National Service<br />

Assistance Center at 1-800-628-2888.<br />

Warranty<br />

Lucent Technologies provides a limited warranty on this product.<br />

Refer to “Limited Warranty and Limitation of Liability” in Appendix<br />

A, “Customer Support Information,” in <strong>System</strong> Programming.


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Contents<br />

Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999) 1<br />

Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998) 4<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998) 7<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997) 11<br />

Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997) 15<br />

Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997) 17<br />

Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996) 18<br />

Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996) 21<br />

Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994) 23<br />

Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994) 26<br />

Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992) 29<br />

Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992) 31<br />

Design Benefits 32<br />

Environmental Specifications 33<br />

Power and Grounding 35<br />

Control Unit Interfaces 37<br />

Network Interface Requirements 38<br />

FCC Registration 38<br />

DOC Registration 38<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities 39<br />

Constraining Factors 42<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

v


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Contents<br />

Ordering Codes 45<br />

Control Unit Modules 70<br />

Adjunct Summary 80<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements 90<br />

Unit Load Calculation Rules 90<br />

Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Modules 91<br />

Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />

Telephones, and Adjuncts 92<br />

<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode<br />

94<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features 96<br />

Reference Documents 110<br />

Maintenance Error Codes 111<br />

Technical Addendum 111<br />

Module/Component History 126<br />

Telephone LEDs 138<br />

Wiring Constraints 141<br />

PC Connections 141<br />

Technical Support Telephone Numbers 144<br />

Feedback Form 147<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

vi


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />

Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />

Release 7.0 includes all Release 6.1 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ MLS and Enhanced Tip/Ring (ETR) Telephone<br />

Support<br />

One of the most important new capabilities of <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND Release 7.0 is its support for MLS and ETR<br />

telephones, allowing existing customers with either telephones<br />

the ability to migrate to a <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>. The MLS telephones include the MLS-6 ® , MLS-12 ® ,<br />

MLS-12D ® , MLS-18D ® , and MLS-34D ® . The ETR telephones<br />

include the ETR-6, ETR-18, ETR-18D, and ETR-34D. The<br />

Business Cordless 905 telephone and the TransTalk 9000<br />

Digital Wireless <strong>System</strong> are also supported.<br />

The MLS, ETR, and Business Cordless 905 telephones, as well<br />

as the TransTalk 9000 Digital Wireless <strong>System</strong>, require ETR<br />

station ports. To provide support for these telephones and for<br />

the TransTalk 9000 system, two new modules have been<br />

designed:<br />

— 412 LS-ID-ETR Module. The 412 LS-ID-ETR module is not<br />

available. To connect ETR and MLS telephones to a <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, use the 016 ETR<br />

module.<br />

— 016 ETR Module. The 016 ETR module provides 16 ETR<br />

station ports, including 6 with T/R functionality and 4 TTRs.<br />

On the 016 ETR module, the first 10 ports are ETR ports<br />

only—these ports do not have T/R functionality. The<br />

remaining 6 ports (ports 11 through 16) can be programmed<br />

to support either T/R or ETR, but not both simultaneously.<br />

■ Expanded Digital Endpoint Connectivity<br />

Release 7.0 increases the maximum number of digital<br />

telephones supported from 127 to 200 by introducing a new 016<br />

MLX module. In addition, each of the 200 ports can support an<br />

MFM adjunct which increases the current 255 station endpoints<br />

to 400.<br />

— 016 MLX Module. Each 016 MLX module provides 16 digital<br />

station ports and has an additional 32K of dual port RAM.<br />

— Processor Module. The 016 MLX module can only be<br />

utilized with the CKE4 or later processor module with<br />

upgrade to R7.0 software. The CKE4 processor module<br />

provides the lead to access the additional 32K of RAM on the<br />

016 MLX module.<br />

■ Voice Announce on Idle Only Option on MLX Telephones<br />

Prior to Release 7.0, no options were available for disabling<br />

intercom voice announcements at an MLX telephone when<br />

busy. In Release 7.0, a new option—Voice Announce on IDLE<br />

ONLY—is available with the existing Voice Announce feature.<br />

This new option allows a user to receive intercom voice<br />

announcements only when they are not active on another call.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

1


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />

■ Priority Call Queuing<br />

Priority call queuing provides the ability to:<br />

— Place some callers ahead of others who are waiting for the<br />

same agent group.<br />

— Give key clients priority over others.<br />

— Automatically increase the number of agents answering calls<br />

during busy times, while continuing to offer callers the choice<br />

to leave a message instead of waiting.<br />

— Keep costs down by handling toll free calls (calls arriving on<br />

800 and 888 lines) before processing calls on local lines.<br />

Priority call queuing is accomplished in Release 7.0 by allowing<br />

you to define a supportive relationship between calling groups.<br />

Calls that arrive in one calling group can be processed by<br />

another calling group when no one from the first calling group is<br />

available to answer the call. Through system programming, a<br />

calling group can be assigned a priority level between 1<br />

(highest priority) and 32 (lowest priority) and then designated as<br />

a support group for another group.<br />

■ Calling Party Name on Caller ID<br />

Release 7.0 continues to support Calling Party Number and<br />

adds a new functionality for Calling Party Name. By<br />

programming a button on the telephone or with a feature code<br />

through centralized programming, users are able to toggle<br />

between displaying the caller’s telephone number or the caller’s<br />

name. In order to use this feature, users must subscribe to<br />

caller identification from their local exchange carrier (LEC).<br />

Calling Party Name can be 15 characters in length for MLX<br />

telephones as well as for ETR and MLS telephones. Calling<br />

Party Name is not recorded on SMDR reports. In addition,<br />

neither Calling Party Name nor Calling Party Number are<br />

displayed on analog multiline telephones.<br />

This feature requires loop-start (LS) trunks. The existing LS-ID<br />

delay feature must be programmed for each line, as well. This<br />

prevents Calling Party Number and Name information from<br />

being lost when a call is answered too quickly.<br />

Release 7.0 software also supports the Caller ID capability of<br />

the 408 GS/LS-ID-MLX module. Although previously orderable,<br />

the Caller ID capability of this module could not be used until<br />

Release 7.0 software became available.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

2


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 7.0 Enhancements (April 1999)<br />

■ MLX Headset Operation<br />

Headset operation in Release 7.0 has been enhanced so that<br />

MLX headset operation more closely mimics the handset<br />

operation in the following ways:<br />

— When a person is on a call using a headset and the headset<br />

auto-answer is turned on, the user hears a short ring when<br />

another call is coming in. In previous releases, this ring was<br />

not provided.<br />

— When a person receives a voice-announced call and handles<br />

the call by using a headset and turning off the speakerphone,<br />

the associated LEDs (the DSS button and the inside Auto<br />

Dial button) for that extension at other telephones are lit. In<br />

previous releases, the LEDs for that extension did not light at<br />

the other telephones.<br />

— When a reliable disconnect occurs on a headset-handled<br />

call, the associated LEDs (the DSS button and the inside<br />

Auto Dial button) for that extension at other telephones are<br />

turned off. In previous releases, the LEDs for that extension<br />

remained lit at the other telephones unless the user pressed<br />

the Headset Hangup button.<br />

■ Touch-Tone or Rotary Signaling<br />

Beginning in Release 7.0, you can program tip/ring ports to use<br />

rotary signaling. You can program any tip/ring port on an<br />

individual basis (including ports on the 412 LS-ID-ETR and 016<br />

ETR modules that are programmed for tip/ring operation). The<br />

factory setting is that rotary signaling is disabled.<br />

Whenever the system receives a rotary digit on a port, it<br />

determines if the port is programmed as rotary-enabled. If the<br />

port is rotary-enabled, the system processes the digit. If the port<br />

is not rotary-enabled, the digit is rejected. Touch-tone digits are<br />

always accepted by the port, regardless if it is rotary-enabled or<br />

not.<br />

■ Abandoned Call Information Reported to<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />

For abandoned calls, you are now able to identify the queue or<br />

the agent where the call was abandoned. The <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND Release 7.0 software has been modified so that either<br />

of the following occurs:<br />

— If the caller hangs up while the call is in queue, the Auto<br />

Login/Logout Group ID is entered into the Station Message<br />

Detail Recording (SMDR) record.<br />

— If the caller hangs up while the call is ringing at a group<br />

member’s extension, that group member’s extension number<br />

is entered into the SMDR record.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

3


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />

Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />

Release 6.1 includes all Release 6.0 functionality plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Private Networking<br />

Release 6.1 enhances the functioning of the networked<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> in a number of<br />

ways:<br />

— Centralized Voice Messaging<br />

— Group Calling Enhancements<br />

— Transfer Redirect<br />

— Direct Station Selector<br />

— Call Forwarding<br />

— SMDR<br />

— Decrease in Call Set-Up Time<br />

— PRI Switch Type Test<br />

■ Centralized Voice Messaging<br />

One or more <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s (Release 6.1 or later)<br />

can share the voice messaging system (VMS) of another<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>, provided the systems are directly<br />

connected to the system with the VMS. In this configuration, the<br />

system containing the VMS is known as the hub. This sharing of<br />

the VMS is called Centralized Voice Messaging. Centralized<br />

Voice Messaging includes the functions of voice mail,<br />

Automated Attendant, and fax messaging. See the Network<br />

Reference for detailed information about Centralized Voice<br />

Messaging.<br />

Centralized Voice Messaging offers the following benefits:<br />

— Private-networked <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s do not need a<br />

local VMS. Having systems use a centralized VMS instead of<br />

separate VMSs is more economical.<br />

— Users who travel between sites can dial the same digits<br />

anywhere in the private network to access the voice<br />

messaging system. For example, a salesperson<br />

headquartered in Cincinnati can dial the same four digits at<br />

the company’s Los Angeles office to retrieve voice<br />

messages.<br />

— Productivity is enhanced because messages can be<br />

forwarded and broadcast to all personnel within the private<br />

network.<br />

— Calling groups on networked systems can send overflow<br />

coverage to a shared VMS, so that an incoming caller can<br />

leave a message instead of waiting in a queue.<br />

— The VMS can light the Message Waiting lights on multiple<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s in a private network. This<br />

greater efficiency saves time because a user only has to look<br />

at his or her telephone to determine if he or she has a<br />

message.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

4


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />

■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />

A calling group can have a single non-local member that is<br />

defined by the Uniform Dial Plan and exists on another <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> connected by a tandem<br />

trunk to the local system. If a calling group contains a non-local<br />

member, the non-local member must be the only member in the<br />

calling group. See the Network Reference for details.<br />

A calling group containing a single non-local member can be<br />

used for the same purposes as a calling group containing local<br />

extensions, including:<br />

— Night Service. Night Service coverage can be provided<br />

across a private network to a centralized Automated<br />

Attendant, a non-local calling group, a QCC queue, a DLC,<br />

or any individual extension on the remote system, such as a<br />

night bell.<br />

— Group Coverage. Group Coverage can be provided across<br />

a private network to a VMS, a non-local calling group, a QCC<br />

queue, a DLC, or any individual extension on the remote<br />

system.<br />

— Calling Group Overflow Coverage. Calling group overflow<br />

coverage can be provided by a centralized VMS, a non-local<br />

calling group, a QCC queue, a DLC, or any individual<br />

extension on the remote system.<br />

— Calls Directed to Another <strong>System</strong>. Lines connected to<br />

remote systems can be answered by any extension<br />

programmed to answer the call, such as a centralized<br />

Automated Attendant or a system operator (QCC or DLC).<br />

■ Transfer Redirect<br />

When an Automated Attendant transfers a call to a non-local<br />

extension, the transferring <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> monitors<br />

the call to ensure that it is answered. If the non-local extension<br />

is not available, or the call is not answered within the transfer<br />

redirect timeout period (fixed at 32 seconds), the call stops<br />

ringing at the non-local destination and is redirected to the<br />

extension on the same system as the Automated Attendant that<br />

is programmed to receive redirected calls. This redirect<br />

extension can be a QCC queue, a calling group, or an individual<br />

extension.<br />

■ Direct Station Selector<br />

Now users can press a Direct Station Selector (DSS) button for<br />

a non-local extension to make or transfer calls to that extension.<br />

No busy indication, however, is displayed by the DSS for nonlocal<br />

extensions.<br />

■ Call Forwarding<br />

The Forward feature now can be used to send calls to non-local<br />

extensions across the private network.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

5


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.1 Enhancements (August 1998)<br />

■ SMDR<br />

In addition to SMDR options for non-network calls placed to and<br />

from the local system, system managers now can program<br />

SMDR to log incoming and outgoing UDP calls, or they can<br />

choose to log no UDP calls. The factory setting is to record all<br />

UDP calls.<br />

Customers who use a call accounting system may not want to<br />

fill the database with calls coming and going across the private<br />

network. These customers may choose not to log UDP calls.<br />

■ Decrease in Call Setup Time<br />

The setup time for a call across a private network has been<br />

reduced by programming the number of UDP digits expected.<br />

■ PRI Switch Type Test<br />

A new maintenance test, the PRI Switch Type Test, has been<br />

created to allow Lucent Technologies technicians or authorized<br />

dealers to automatically determine if each end of the PRI<br />

tandem trunks has been programmed correctly. The test works<br />

for directly connected <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s, not for<br />

DEFINITY ® systems.<br />

For a PRI tandem trunk to operate correctly between two<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>s, one system must have the PRI<br />

Switch Type set to Network, and the other system must have<br />

the PRI Switch Type set to PBX. If both ends of the PRI tandem<br />

trunk are programmed the same, problems occur in the<br />

communications between the two systems.<br />

■ Service Observing<br />

Service Observing allows one extension to listen in on<br />

(observe) a call at another extension. A typical application of<br />

this feature is that of a Customer Service supervisor observing<br />

how a Customer Service representative handles calls.<br />

The Service Observing group can listen to anywhere from one<br />

extension to all extensions in the system, including other<br />

Service Observers. Up to 16 Service Observing groups can be<br />

programmed. The Service Observer and the observed<br />

extension must be on the same system.<br />

The observer activates Service Observing either by pressing a<br />

Service Observing button and then dialing an extension<br />

number, or by pressing a DSS or Auto Intercom button. The<br />

Service Observer must use an MLX telephone to observe an<br />

extension; the telephone at the observed extension can be of<br />

any type.<br />

A warning tone that alerts the observer, the observed extension,<br />

and the caller that Service Observing is occurring can be set to<br />

on or off through <strong>System</strong> Programming. The factory setting is<br />

on.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

6


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />

■ WinSPM<br />

The <strong>System</strong> Programming and Maintenance (SPM) software is<br />

now available in a Windows format called WinSPM. For R6.1<br />

and later systems, WinSPM provides a graphical user interface<br />

(GUI) for those tasks most commonly performed by the system<br />

manager. Pictorial representations of system components, such<br />

as modules and their vintages and the creation of MLX<br />

telephone button labels appear on WinSPM. Supported in<br />

Windows 95, Windows NT, and Windows 98, WinSPM is also<br />

backwards-compatible with previous DOS versions of SPM and<br />

is available on CD-ROM.<br />

■ Windows NT Driver<br />

The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Windows NT PBX driver is available in<br />

R6.1. When coupled with the CentreVU Telephony Services<br />

application, the driver provides true server-based Computer<br />

Telephony Integration (CTI). The new driver requires a <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>System</strong> of Release 5.0 or later and servers and PCs<br />

that support the applications.<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />

Release 6.0 includes all Release 5.0 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Private Networks<br />

In Hybrid/PBX mode systems only, <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s can be networked with one another<br />

or with DEFINITY Enterprise <strong>Communications</strong> Server (ECS)<br />

and ProLogix <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s in private networks.<br />

In previous releases, this functionality is available using tie<br />

lines, but users handle calls between networked switches as<br />

outside calls. In this release, dialing the pool access code is not<br />

necessary for a call going from one networked switch to<br />

another. Also, delay-start tie trunks or T1 trunks administered as<br />

PRI can act as tandem trunks to connect networked systems.<br />

Available for Hybrid/PBX mode systems, the private network<br />

features of the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

Release 6.0 provide the following advantages for<br />

geographically dispersed organizational sites:<br />

— Intersystem Calling. In a private network, users on one<br />

local system can call extensions on other systems in the<br />

network. Release 6.0 can support 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-digit dial<br />

plans. They dial these extensions as inside calls. To<br />

implement this function, the system manager programs the<br />

extension ranges of remote networked switches to create a<br />

non-local dial plan. This programming does not actually<br />

affect numbering on the remote system. To correctly set up<br />

systems for transparent calling among non-local dial plan<br />

extensions, the system manager assigns networking tie and/<br />

or PRI tandem trunks to pools. Then he or she programs up<br />

to 20 patterns, associated routes, Facility Restriction Levels<br />

(FRLs), digit absorption, and digit prepending. This allows<br />

ARS-like routing of non-local dial plan calls. In addition,<br />

system managers can control whether calling name, calling<br />

number, or both are shown at MLX display telephones for<br />

incoming calls across PRI tandem trunks.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

7


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />

— Toll Savings. Private networked trunks may allow you to<br />

realize significant cost savings on long-distance and toll calls<br />

by performing tandem switching in the following two ways:<br />

— Callers on a local system, or individuals dialing in to<br />

remote access at a local system, can reach the public<br />

switched telephone network (PSTN) via outside trunks<br />

connected to other systems in a private network, avoiding<br />

toll charges or decreasing the cost of toll calls. No special<br />

dialing is required. For example, an organization might<br />

have a main office in Boston and a subsidiary office in<br />

New Jersey connected by networked private tandem<br />

trunks between two systems. A user in the New Jersey<br />

office who wishes to make an outside call to the 617 area<br />

code (Boston) can do so through a line/trunk connected to<br />

the system in Boston. For example, he or she might dial,<br />

916175551211. The local ARS tables would route this<br />

call over the private networked trunks and use the ARS<br />

tables of the remote system in Boston to route this call.<br />

The system managers at each end of a private network set<br />

up ARS and Remote Access features to implement this<br />

functionality.<br />

— In addition, local organizations or incoming DID calls use<br />

private networked trunks to make intersystem calls<br />

between networked systems, which may be<br />

geographically distant from one another, also resulting in<br />

toll savings.<br />

— Service Cost Savings. In addition to toll call savings, there<br />

are two ways that organizations can save on service costs<br />

incurred from telecommunications providers that provide<br />

public switched telephone network access:<br />

— You order a point to point T1 facility from a service<br />

provider, then use system programming to set it up for PRI<br />

signalling. As necessary, a service provider can provide<br />

amplification on the T1 facility, but does not supply<br />

switching services.<br />

— You can tailor your use of PRI B-channels with drop-andinsert<br />

equipment that allows fractional use of B-channels<br />

for dedicated data/video communications between<br />

systems at speeds greater than 64 kbps per channel or<br />

128 kbps for 2B data, while keeping the remaining Bchannels<br />

available for PRI voice traffic. The PRI<br />

D-channel must remain active.<br />

— You can tailor use of T1 channels to support both T1emulated<br />

tandem tie service and T1 Switched 56 service<br />

for data communications at 56 kbps per channel, allowing<br />

2B data transfers at 112 kbps. You can also use drop-andinsert<br />

equipment to provide fractional T1 use.<br />

— Voice Mail and Auto Attendant. Networked systems (prior<br />

to Release 6.1) should have their own local voice mail and/or<br />

auto attendant applications as well as their own external<br />

alerts and Music-On-Hold sources. A single Auto Attendant,<br />

however, can transfer calls throughout the network. It can<br />

answer only those calls that arrive on the PSTN facilities of<br />

the system where it is connected.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

8


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />

Although many features are available using tie trunks for<br />

network connectivity, PRI tandem trunks provide greatly<br />

enhanced features and faster call setup. For this reason, PRI is<br />

recommended over tie functionality in private networks.<br />

■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />

Release 6.0 and later systems include Group Calling features<br />

that enhance group calling operations.<br />

■ Queue Control<br />

The system manager can control the maximum number of calls<br />

allowed in the primary calling group queue for calls that arrive<br />

on certain facilities often assigned to calling groups. When the<br />

number of the calls in queue reaches the programmed<br />

maximum, subsequent callers receive a busy signal.<br />

Queue control applies to calls received on the following types of<br />

facilities:<br />

— Direct Inward Dialing (DID)<br />

— PRI facilities programmed for dial-plan routing<br />

— All calls transferred from a voice messaging interface (VMI)<br />

port<br />

— Dial-in Tie<br />

Queue control also applies to internal calls to a calling group<br />

and calls to a calling group through the Queued Call Console<br />

(QCC).<br />

Internal calls that dial #0 or #800 and are directed to a calling<br />

group administered as Position-Busy Backup are eligible for<br />

queue control. Calls that come in on a trunk assigned to the<br />

QCC are not eligible for queue control if the call is directed to a<br />

calling group designated as Position-Busy Backup.<br />

Remote-access calls to a calling group, coverage calls directed<br />

to a calling group, calls directed to a calling group through QCC<br />

Position-Busy Backup, and all other outside calls are not eligible<br />

for queue control.<br />

■ Prompt-Based Overflow<br />

<strong>System</strong> managers can activate the Prompt-Based Overflow<br />

option. This option allows callers waiting in queue and listening<br />

to a delay announcement to press the # key in order to reach<br />

the overflow receiver for the group, which may be the QCC<br />

queue or another calling group (including a calling group<br />

assigned for a voice mail system).<br />

All three overflow distribution options—based on the number of<br />

calls, the time a caller has waited, and according to the caller’s<br />

prompt—may be used at one time. In this case, time-based and<br />

number-of-calls based options take precedence over overflow<br />

distribution based on the caller’s prompt.<br />

When prompt-based overflow distribution is used, an extra TTR<br />

must be provided for each delay announcement device<br />

assigned to the associated calling group. The delay<br />

announcement informs the caller of the # key option to exit the<br />

queue and leave rather than waiting for an agent. If no TTR is<br />

available when a calling group call arrives, the call is not sent to<br />

a delay announcement extension.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

9


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 6.0 Enhancements (February 1998)<br />

■ Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding<br />

Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding can be used in all<br />

system modes of operation to send outside calls to a remote<br />

telephone number or another Centrex station. In this context,<br />

the term outside calls refers to calls from outside the<br />

communications system, which may originate at extensions in<br />

the Centrex system that are not connected to the local <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />

An outside call that uses this feature is defined as a call that<br />

arrives on an analog Centrex loop-start line at the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>. It may arrive directly or be<br />

transferred without consultation or without transfer supervision<br />

(in the case of an automated attendant). The forwarding call to<br />

the outside number is made on the same line/trunk on which the<br />

call arrived, conserving system facilities. The following<br />

considerations and rules apply:<br />

— Only outside Centrex calls are forwarded using this feature.<br />

— The system must be equipped with analog loop-start Centrex<br />

lines and all loop-start lines in the system must be Centrex<br />

facilities. Loop-start lines do not have to provide reliable<br />

disconnect for use by the Centrex Transfer via the Remote<br />

Call Forwarding feature.<br />

— To transfer calls outside the Centrex system, the organization<br />

must subscribe to a Centrex trunk-to-trunk transfer feature.<br />

Activating Centrex Transfer via Remote Call Forwarding is just<br />

like activating regular Remote Call Forwarding and requires that<br />

Remote Call Forwarding be enabled for the extension.<br />

However, the user dials * instead of a dial-out code, and a<br />

Pause character may be required after the *. The Centrex<br />

service provider determines whether the Pause is needed.<br />

Pause cannot be originated from a single-line telephone or a<br />

remote access user. A multiline telephone user in the local<br />

system must enter an authorization code to activate the feature.<br />

A remote access user may activate the feature without using an<br />

authorization code. Barrier code requirements, however, do<br />

apply.<br />

■ Authorization Codes and<br />

Remote Call Forwarding<br />

In Release 6.0 and later Key or Hybrid/PBX mode systems,<br />

forwarding features (including Centrex Transfer via Remote Call<br />

Forwarding, but excluding Follow Me) can be activated or<br />

deactivated at a multiline telephone by entering the<br />

authorization code for the extension from which calls are to be<br />

forwarded. The user enters the authorization code, then<br />

activates or deactivates the forwarding feature in the normal<br />

fashion. This is especially useful for a single-line telephone user<br />

who must include a Pause character in a Centrex Transfer via<br />

Remote Call Forwarding dialing sequence, because the<br />

character cannot be dialed at a single-line telephone. It is also<br />

useful when activating Call Forwarding or Remote Call<br />

Forwarding at phantom stations or via remote access (for<br />

example, from another switch in the network). No other features<br />

can be used by entering an authorization code in this fashion.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

10


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

Release 5.0 includes all Release 4.2 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)<br />

Beginning with Release 5.0, a PassageWay ® Telephony<br />

Services CTI link from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong> to a LAN server running Novell ® NetWare ® software<br />

allows Lucent Technologies-certified telephony applications to<br />

control and monitor MLX and analog multiline telephone (BIS<br />

only) operations. The physical connection for the CTI link is an<br />

MLX port on a 008 MLX or 408 MLX module on the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> control unit and an ISDN<br />

link interface card plugged into the customer’s server. The<br />

feature is available for Hybrid/PBX mode systems only.<br />

NOTES:<br />

•The NetWare server software version must be 3.12, 4.1,<br />

or 4.11.<br />

•The 008 MLX and 408 MLX modules must have a<br />

firmware vintage other than 29. If the module has<br />

firmware 29, programming a CTI link on the module is<br />

prevented. An earlier or later vintage firmware is<br />

supported.<br />

■ Basic Call Control<br />

A CTI link application on a user’s computer can assume basic<br />

call control of the user’s analog multiline or MLX telephone’s SA<br />

buttons. Basic call control includes:<br />

— Answering calls arriving on an SA button.<br />

— Making calls from an SA button.<br />

— Hanging up calls.<br />

— Holding and retrieving a call on hold at the user’s extension.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Transfer and three-way conference, when handled through a<br />

CTI link application, provide the original caller’s calling<br />

number information or other information to the transfer<br />

receiver or new conference participant, if the user has screen<br />

pop capability.<br />

■ Screen Pop<br />

Screen pop occurs when the calling number, called number, or<br />

other user-defined identifier (such as an account code that a<br />

voice-response unit prompts the caller to dial) is used to display<br />

a screen associated with the far-end party. For example, Caller<br />

ID services can be used to support screen pop on a system that<br />

includes a CTI link; using the calling party number as a<br />

database key code, information about a caller automatically<br />

appears on the user’s computer screen when the call arrives at<br />

the extension. Depending on the application, screen pop may<br />

be available for calls that arrive on line buttons other than SA<br />

buttons and/or calls that are answered manually at the<br />

telephone rather than by the application.<br />

Screen pop can occur on incoming calls from the following<br />

sources:<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

11


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

— Calling group distribution.<br />

— ISDN PRI Routing by Dial Plan.<br />

— An extension on the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>.<br />

— Remote access.<br />

NOTE:<br />

In the case of remote access calls, the only information<br />

that the application can collect about the caller is the<br />

remote telephone number.<br />

— A transfer of a call that was answered by a voice response<br />

unit.<br />

— A transfer, redirection, or conference of a call that was<br />

answered at a Direct-Line Console (DLC) or at a Queued<br />

Call Console (QCC).<br />

NOTES:<br />

•DLCs may use CTI applications. If they do, they perform<br />

the same way as other extensions. A DLC assigned to<br />

use a CTI link application is a monitored DLC. When a<br />

DLC is used as a regular operator console and is not<br />

using a CTI link extension, it is non-monitored.<br />

•Calls to a QCC or a DLC not using a CTI application do<br />

not initiate screen pop at the operator position.<br />

However, when an operator directs a call to an<br />

extension using a CTI application, caller information<br />

does initiate screen pop. If the DLC is non-monitored,<br />

screen pops can occur after the DLC releases the call.<br />

•Calls transferred from Cover buttons on non-monitored<br />

DLCs do not initiate screen pop at the destination<br />

extension.<br />

■ HotLine Feature<br />

The Release 5.0 HotLine feature is designed for retail sales,<br />

catalogue sales, and other types of businesses and<br />

organizations, and is available in all three modes of system<br />

operation. It allows a system manager to program a single-line<br />

telephone extension connected to an 008 OPT, 012, or 016<br />

module as a HotLine. When a user lifts the handset at the<br />

HotLine extension, the telephone automatically dials the inside<br />

extension or outside telephone number programmed as the first<br />

Personal Speed Dial number (code #01) for the extension. The<br />

system does not permit calls to be transferred, put on hold, or<br />

conferenced. (A user can press the telephone’s Hold button, if it<br />

has one, to put a call on local hold, but the call cannot be<br />

redirected in any way. Switchhook flashes are ignored.)<br />

Personal Speed Dial codes can be programmed from the<br />

extension prior to HotLine assignment (a system programming<br />

function). Alternatively, a Personal Speed Dial code can be<br />

programmed from the single-line telephone after HotLine<br />

operation is assigned. However, because of security<br />

considerations, this is a one-time opportunity. Once the<br />

Personal Speed Dial number is programmed, any changes to it<br />

or any other extension programming must be performed using<br />

centralized telephone programming.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

12


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

Any type of inside or outside line that is normally available to a<br />

single-line telephone can be assigned to a HotLine extension.<br />

Generally, the HotLine telephone does not receive calls, and its<br />

lines should be set to No Ring.<br />

! SECURITY ALERT:<br />

If a HotLine extension accesses a loop-start line, that line<br />

should provide reliable disconnect and be programmed for<br />

reliable disconnect. Otherwise, a user at the extension may<br />

be able to stay on the line after a call is completed and then<br />

make a toll call.<br />

■ Group Calling Enhancements<br />

Release 5.0 and later systems include Group Calling features<br />

that enhance group calling operations.<br />

■ Most Idle Hunt Type<br />

In addition to the Circular (factory setting) and Linear hunt types<br />

supported in earlier releases, a third hunt type distributes calling<br />

group calls in an order based on which agent has waited the<br />

longest since transferring or hanging up on an incoming calling<br />

group call. For some applications, this hunt type is more<br />

efficient than the circular type because it takes into account the<br />

varying duration of calls. The system distributes calls based on<br />

when an agent last completed a call, not on when he or she last<br />

received one. This hunting method ignores non-calling group<br />

calls. For example, if an agent transfers a call that arrived on a<br />

line not assigned to the calling group, the calling group<br />

member’s most-idle status is unaffected.<br />

■ Delay Announcement Devices<br />

The system manager can designate as many as ten primary<br />

delay announcement devices per group, rather than the single<br />

device for each group that is available in Release 4.2 and<br />

earlier systems. Furthermore, an additional secondary delay<br />

announcement device can be specified, for a total of ten<br />

primary device extensions and one secondary device extension<br />

per group.<br />

A primary delay announcement device operates in the same<br />

fashion as a single delay announcement device, playing once,<br />

as soon as it is available, for the caller who has waited the<br />

longest for a calling group agent and has not heard a primary<br />

delay announcement. If a secondary announcement device is<br />

used, it can use the factory setting, which plays the<br />

announcement once, or it can be set to repeat the<br />

announcement after a certain amount of time. The system<br />

manager programs the time (0–900 seconds) between<br />

announcements. This setting controls both the interval between<br />

primary and secondary announcements and the interval<br />

between repetitions of the secondary announcement, if it is set<br />

to repeat. (See “Calling Group Options” in Chapter 4 of <strong>System</strong><br />

Planning for guidelines on setting the delay.)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

13


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 5.0 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

The primary and secondary announcement options, when used<br />

together, allow an initial message to play for callers, followed by<br />

a repeating announcement that, for example, urges callers to<br />

stay on the line and wait for a calling group member.<br />

Two or more groups may share an announcement device.<br />

A primary delay announcement device can be programmed as<br />

a secondary delay announcement device.<br />

■ Enhanced Calls-in-Queue Alarm Thresholds<br />

Three Calls-in-Queue Alarm thresholds can be set to more<br />

clearly indicate the real-time status of the calls waiting in the<br />

queue according to the behavior of programmed Calls-in-Queue<br />

Alarm buttons. In earlier releases, only one Calls-in-Queue<br />

Alarm Threshold setting is available to activate the LEDs at<br />

programmed Calls-in-Queue Alarm buttons for a calling group.<br />

Using all three levels, the system manager sets Threshold 3 to<br />

the highest value, Threshold 2 to a middle value, and Threshold<br />

1 to the lowest value. A Calls-in-Queue Alarm button indicates<br />

the severity of the alarm conditions in the following ways:<br />

— If the number of waiting calls is less than the value<br />

programmed for Threshold 1 or drops below that level, the<br />

LED is unlit.<br />

— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />

Threshold 1 value but less than the Threshold 2 value, the<br />

LED flashes.<br />

— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />

Threshold 2 value but less than the value for Threshold 3, the<br />

LED winks.<br />

— If the number of waiting calls is greater than or equal to the<br />

highest value, Threshold 3, the LED lights steadily.<br />

NOTE:<br />

A Direct Station Selector (DSS) button that is used as a<br />

Calls-in-Queue Alarm button can only indicate two threshold<br />

levels, either by flashing or by lighting steadily. If a calling<br />

group must use this type of Calls-in-Queue Alarm button, only<br />

two threshold levels should be programmed.<br />

If all three thresholds are set to the same value, the result is one<br />

threshold only with LED state either off or on (steady). If two<br />

values are the same, then the result is two alarm levels (flash,<br />

steady). The factory setting is one call for all three thresholds,<br />

with LED states of off and steady.<br />

An external alert signals only when the number of calls in the<br />

queue meets or exceeds the programmed Threshold 3 value.<br />

■ MLX-5 and MLX-5D Telephones<br />

The MLX-5 nondisplay and MLX-5D display telephones are<br />

compatible with all system releases. The display telephone<br />

includes a 2-line by 24-character display, and both telephones<br />

come with five line buttons. In systems prior to Release 5.0, the<br />

MLX-5 and MLX-5D telephones are treated as MLX-10 and<br />

MLX-10D telephones, respectively. As of Release 5.0, the<br />

system recognizes the MLX-5 and MLX-5D telephones as 5button<br />

telephones.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

14


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

If these telephones are connected to communications system<br />

releases prior to 5.0, they are recognized by the<br />

communications system as 10-button telephones.<br />

Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

Release 4.2 includes all Release 4.1 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below. There are no hardware changes for<br />

Release 4.2.<br />

■ Additional Network Switch and Services Options<br />

for ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI)<br />

Release 4.2 of the system supports connectivity to MCI ® or<br />

local exchange carrier (LEC) PRI services and to the following<br />

central office switch types (in addition to the 4ESS and<br />

5ESS ® switch types that carry AT&T Switched Network<br />

services):<br />

— NORTEL ® DMS-100 BCS 36 for local exchange carrier<br />

services.<br />

— NORTEL DMS-250 generic MCI07, serving the MCI network.<br />

— Digital Switch Corporation DEX600E generic 500-39.30,<br />

serving the MCI network.<br />

Beginning with Release 4.2, the following MCI PRI and PRI<br />

local exchange carrier (LEC) services (along with AT&T<br />

Switched Network services) can be provided to users of the<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>:<br />

— MCI Toll Services for DMS-250 or DEX600E switch type:<br />

— MCI Prism ® service for domestic outgoing long-distance<br />

and international voice calls; for domestic outgoing 56kbps<br />

restricted, 64-kbps unrestricted, and 64-kbps<br />

restricted circuit-switched data calls.<br />

— MCI VNet ® service for incoming and outgoing domestic<br />

and voice calls; for 56-kbps restricted, 64-kbps restricted,<br />

and 64-kbps unrestricted circuit-switched data calls.<br />

— MCI 800 for domestic, toll-free incoming voice calls.<br />

— MCI 900 service numbers.<br />

— LEC services for DMS-100 switch types:<br />

— DMS Virtual Private Network service for calls between the<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> and another<br />

communications system (such as another <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>).<br />

— DMS INWATS (Inward Wide Area Telephone Service) for<br />

domestic toll-free incoming voice calls.<br />

— DMS OUTWATS (Outward Wide Area Telephone Service)<br />

for domestic outgoing long-distance voice calls.<br />

— DMS FX (foreign exchange) to provide local call rating for<br />

calls from the local exchange to the area serviced by the<br />

foreign exchange.<br />

— DMS tie trunk service to provide private exchange call<br />

rating for calls placed on a dedicated central office facility<br />

between the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

and another communications system.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

15


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.2 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

■ Improvements to Station Message Detail<br />

Recording (SMDR) and Support for<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter Application<br />

The SMDR feature is enhanced to provide more details about<br />

calling group agent activities and to help system managers<br />

assess the effectiveness of call centers in terms of both agent<br />

performance and the adequacy of facilities to handle inbound<br />

calls. These improvements apply to calling groups that are<br />

programmed as Auto Login or Auto Logout type. The SMDR<br />

and <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter features listed are<br />

administrable:<br />

— TALK Field. For Auto Login and Auto Logout calling groups,<br />

the TALK field records the amount of time a calling group<br />

agent spends on a call.<br />

— DUR. (DURATION) Field. For Auto Login and Auto Logout<br />

calling groups, call timing begins when a call arrives at the<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> and not after a<br />

preset number of seconds. Call timing ends when the call is<br />

disconnected; either the caller or the agent hangs up. This<br />

allows the system manager to determine how long a caller<br />

waited for an agent’s attention.<br />

— Coding of Calls on Reports. An asterisk (*) appears in the<br />

call record when:<br />

— A call is not answered by an Auto Login or Auto Logout<br />

calling group agent and is abandoned while waiting for an<br />

agent.<br />

— The call is answered by someone not a member of an<br />

Auto Login or Auto Logout calling group.<br />

An exclamation point (!) signals that an Auto Login or Auto<br />

Logout agent handled a call that was answered by<br />

someone who was not a member of that Auto Login or<br />

Auto Logout with Overflow group. An ampersand (&) in the<br />

call record indicates that the group’s overflow receiver<br />

answered the call.<br />

■ <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter provides basic call accounting<br />

system reports for all incoming calls to Auto Login or Auto<br />

Logout type calling groups. <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter assists<br />

in determining the effectiveness of calling group agents,<br />

assessing the level of service provided to callers, and<br />

ascertaining whether adequate incoming telephone lines and<br />

agents are available to handle peak-call load. The SMDR Talk<br />

Time option sets up special call records used by <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND Reporter. The default is off, in which case the Release<br />

4.0 SMDR reports are available. If the option is set to on, the<br />

following new reports are provided:<br />

— Organization Detail Report<br />

— Organization Summary and Trends Report<br />

— Selection Detail Report<br />

— Account Code Report<br />

— Traffic Report<br />

— Extension Summary Report<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

16


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

— Data Report<br />

— Talk and Queue Time Distribution Report<br />

— Time of Day Report<br />

— ICLID Call Distribution Report<br />

— Facility Grade-of-Service Report<br />

■ Maintenance Enhancements<br />

■ Change to Permanent Error Alarm<br />

Beginning with Release 4.2, the most recent permanent error<br />

alarm is not shown on the <strong>System</strong> Error Log menu screen but is<br />

available as an option from that screen. For details, refer to the<br />

maintenance section of the technician guide, Installation,<br />

Programming, and Maintenance.<br />

■ Enhanced Extension Information Report<br />

Beginning with Release 4.2, the Extension Information Report<br />

includes the Extension Status and supervisory mode of each<br />

extension.<br />

Release 4.1 Enhancements (June 1997)<br />

Release 4.1 includes all Release 4.0 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below. There are no hardware changes in<br />

Release 4.1.<br />

■ Coverage Timers Programmed for<br />

Individual Extensions<br />

Beginning with Release 4.1, coverage timers, which control the<br />

duration of the delay before calls are sent to each level of<br />

coverage, are changed as follows:<br />

— The Group Coverage Ring Delay (1–9 rings) is programmed<br />

on individual extensions and replaces the Coverage Delay<br />

Interval programmed systemwide in previous releases.<br />

— The Primary Cover Ring Delay (1–6 rings) and Secondary<br />

Cover Ring Delay (1–6 rings), programmed on individual<br />

extensions, replace the Delay Ring Interval programmed<br />

systemwide in previous releases.<br />

These enhancements allow the system manager to customize<br />

coverage call delivery to match individual extensions’ callhandling<br />

requirements.<br />

■ Night Service with Coverage Control<br />

Beginning with Release 4.1, a system manager can enable the<br />

Night Service Coverage Control option to automatically control<br />

the status of telephones programmed with Coverage VMS<br />

(voice messaging system) Off buttons, according to Night<br />

Service status.<br />

When Coverage Control is enabled and the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> is put into Night Service, all<br />

programmed Coverage VMS Off buttons are automatically<br />

turned off (LED is unlit) and all eligible outside calls are sent to<br />

the assigned voice messaging system calling group with normal<br />

ringing delay. When Night Service is deactivated during the day,<br />

all programmed Coverage VMS Off buttons are automatically<br />

turned on (LED is lit) and voice mail coverage is disabled for<br />

outside calls.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

17


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

Users can override the Coverage VMS Off button status at any<br />

time by pressing the programmed Coverage VMS Off button to<br />

turn the LED on or off.<br />

■ Night Service Group Line Assignment<br />

Beginning with Release 4.1, a system manager can assign lines<br />

to Night Service groups to control handling of after-hours calls<br />

received on individual lines. This capability replaces the<br />

automatic assignment to Night Service groups of only those<br />

lines that ring on the Night Service operator console. An outside<br />

line must be assigned to a Night Service group to receive Night<br />

Service treatment.<br />

With this enhancement, Night Service can be activated and<br />

deactivated on lines that do not appear on operator consoles<br />

(for example, personal lines), and lines appearing at operator<br />

positions can be excluded from Night Service.<br />

■ Forward on Busy<br />

Beginning with Release 4.1, the Forward, Follow Me, and<br />

Remote Call Forward features are enhanced to remove the<br />

requirement that a call be ringing at an extension before it can<br />

be forwarded. With the Forward on Busy enhancement, a call to<br />

an extension with no available SA or ICOM buttons is forwarded<br />

immediately to the programmed destination, preventing the<br />

caller from hearing a busy signal from the intended call<br />

recipient’s extension.<br />

■ Maintenance Testing for BRI Facilities that Are<br />

Part of Multiline Hunt Groups (MLHGs)<br />

Beginning with Release 4.1, the NI-1 BRI (National Integrated<br />

Services Digital Network-1 Basic Rate Interface) Provisioning<br />

Test Tool is enhanced to include testing for BRI facilities that are<br />

part of Multiline Hunt Groups (MLHGs).<br />

The NI-1 BRI Provisioning Test Tool is used by Lucent<br />

Technologies maintenance personnel on <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s that include an<br />

800 NI-BRI module. Technicians use the tool during system<br />

installation and maintenance to test the functionality of the BRI<br />

lines and to report analyzed results.<br />

Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

Release 4.0 includes all Release 3.1 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Support for Up to 200 Extensions<br />

An expanded dial plan supports up to 200 tip/ring devices.<br />

■ Support for National ISDN BRI Service<br />

This service (Hybrid/PBX and Key modes) provides an<br />

alternative to loop-start and ground-start lines/trunks for voice<br />

and digital data connectivity to the central office. Each of the<br />

two B-channels (bearer channels) on a BRI line can carry one<br />

voice and one data call at any given time. The data speeds on a<br />

B-channel are up to 28.8 kbps for analog data and up to 64<br />

kbps for digital data, which is necessary for videoconferencing<br />

and other high-speed applications. Release 4.0 supports the<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

18


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

ISDN Ordering Code (IOC) Package “S” (basic call handling)<br />

service configuration and Multiline Hunt service configuration on<br />

designated central office switches.<br />

■ New Control Unit Modules<br />

Release 4.0 supports a new NI-BRI line/trunk module and a<br />

higher-capacity tip/ring module.<br />

■ 800 NI-BRI Module<br />

This new module connects NI-BRI trunks to the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>System</strong> for voice, high-speed data, and video<br />

transmission.<br />

■ 016 Tip/Ring Module<br />

This new module supports a 200-extension dial plan by<br />

providing 16 ports for tip/ring devices. Applications that use a<br />

tip/ring interface can connect to this board. All 16 ports can ring<br />

simultaneously. Four touch-tone receivers (TTRs) are included<br />

on the module as well. The module’s ringing frequency (default<br />

20 Hz) can be changed, through programming, to 25 Hz for<br />

those locations that require it.<br />

■ Downloadable Firmware for the<br />

016 (T/R) and NI-BRI Modules<br />

The Personal Computer Memory Card International Association<br />

(PCMCIA) technology, introduced in Release 3.0, continues to<br />

support these two modules for installation and upgrade in<br />

Release 4.0. A Release 3.0 or later processor is required for<br />

PCMCIA technology.<br />

■ Support for 2B Data Applications<br />

A Lucent Technologies-certified group and desktop video<br />

application can use two B-channels to make video/data calls<br />

when connected to a single MLX extension jack programmed<br />

for 2B data. The 2B data devices must be equipped with<br />

ISDN-BRI interfaces. NI-1 BRI, PRI, or T1 Switched 56 facilities<br />

support 2B data communications at 112 kbps (using two<br />

56-kbps channels) or 128 kbps (using two 64-kbps B-channels).<br />

This feature is available for Hybrid/PBX and Key modes only.<br />

■ Support for T1 Switched 56<br />

Digital Data Transmission<br />

For Hybrid/PBX and Key mode systems, Release 4.0 expands<br />

support of T1 functionality by providing access to digital data<br />

over the public switched 56-kbps network, as well as to digital<br />

data tie-trunk services. Users who have T1 facilities for voice<br />

services can now use them for video or data calls at rates of 56<br />

kbps per channel (112 kbps for video calls using 2B data). The<br />

Release 4.0 offering also includes point-to-point connectivity<br />

over T1 tie trunks, allowing customers to connect two <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>s or a <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> with a Lucent Technologies DEFINITY<br />

G1.1 <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> or DEFINITY Enterprise<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> Server. The two communications systems can<br />

be co-located or can be at different sites.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

19


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 4.0 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

■ Forwarding Delay Option<br />

Each user can program a Forwarding Delay setting for the<br />

Forward, Remote Call Forwarding, or Follow Me features. The<br />

forwarding delay is the number of times that a call rings at the<br />

forwarding extension before the call is sent to the receiver. The<br />

delay period gives the original call recipient time to answer or to<br />

screen calls by checking the displayed calling number (if<br />

available). The delay can be set from 0 to 9 rings. The factory<br />

setting for the forwarding delay is 0 rings (no delay).<br />

■ Voice Announce on Queued Call Console<br />

The system manager can enable the fifth Call button on a QCC<br />

console (Hybrid/PBX mode only) to announce a call on another<br />

user’s speakerphone (providing the destination telephone has a<br />

voice announce-capable SA button available). A QCC cannot<br />

receive voice-announced calls; they are received as ringing<br />

calls. The factory-set status for the fifth Call button is voice<br />

announce disabled.<br />

■ Time-Based Option for<br />

Overflow on Calling Group<br />

Release 4.0 has added a time limit for calls in queue in addition<br />

to the previous number of calls limit. If the Overflow Threshold<br />

Time option is set to a valid number between 1 and 900<br />

seconds, calls that remain in the calling group queue for the set<br />

time are sent to the overflow receiver. If the overflow threshold<br />

time is set to 0, overflow by time is turned off. The factory-set<br />

time limit is 0 seconds (off).<br />

■ Single-Line Telephone Enhancements<br />

The following changes enhance the performance of single-line<br />

telephones:<br />

— Disable Transfer. Through centralized telephone<br />

programming, the system manager can disable transfer by<br />

removing all but one SA or ICOM button from the extension.<br />

— No Transfer Return. When a handset bounces in its cradle,<br />

the system interprets this as a switchhook flash and attempts<br />

to transfer a call. When the transfer attempt period expires,<br />

the user’s telephone rings. Release 4.0 eliminates this<br />

unintended ringing by disconnecting the call in situations<br />

where a switchhook flash is followed by an on-hook state and<br />

a dial tone is present.<br />

— Forward Disconnect. All ports on 008 OPT, 012, and 016<br />

modules now send forward disconnect to all devices<br />

connected to them when forward disconnect is received from<br />

the central office. This enhancement prevents the<br />

trunk/line from being kept active when one end disconnects<br />

from the call. If an answering machine is connected to the<br />

port, it does not record silence, busy tones, or other useless<br />

messages. This operation is not programmable.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

20


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

■ Seven-Digit Password for SPM<br />

Release 4.0 has increased system security by requiring a 7-digit<br />

password for system managers or technicians who use <strong>System</strong><br />

Programming and Maintenance (SPM) to perform programming<br />

or the Trunk Test procedure. This password is for use in<br />

addition to a remote access barrier code.<br />

Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

Release 3.1 includes all Release 3.0 functionality, plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Call Restriction Checking for Star Codes<br />

Beginning with Release 3.1, a system manager can add star (*)<br />

codes to Allowed and Disallowed Lists to help prevent toll fraud.<br />

Star codes, typically dialed before an outgoing call, enable<br />

telephone users to obtain special services provided by the<br />

central office. For example, in many areas, a telephone user<br />

can dial *67 before a telephone number to disable central<br />

office-supplied caller identification at the receiving party’s<br />

telephone. You must contract with your telephone service<br />

provider to have these codes activated.<br />

When users dial star codes, the system’s calling restrictions<br />

determine whether the codes are allowed. If they are allowed,<br />

the system’s calling restrictions are reset, and the remaining<br />

digits that the users dial are checked against the calling<br />

restrictions.<br />

■ Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Set for Each Extension<br />

This enhancement to the Transfer feature enables the system<br />

manager to allow or disallow trunk-to-trunk transfer on a perextension<br />

basis. In Release 3.1 and later systems, the default<br />

setting for all extensions is restricted.<br />

■ Programmable Second Dial Tone Timer<br />

The system manager can assign a second dial tone timer to<br />

lines/trunks, in order to help prevent toll fraud (for example,<br />

when star codes are used). After receiving certain digits dialed<br />

by a user, the central office may provide a second dial tone,<br />

prompting the user to enter more digits. If this second dial tone<br />

is delayed, and the user dials digits before the central office<br />

provides the second dial tone, there is a risk of toll fraud or<br />

misrouting the call. The second dial tone timer enables the<br />

system manager to make sure that the central office is ready to<br />

receive more digits from the caller.<br />

■ Security Enhancements<br />

The sections below outline security measures that are<br />

implemented in Release 3.1 and later systems.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

21


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 3.1 Enhancements (March 1996)<br />

■ Disallowed List Including Numbers Often<br />

Associated with Toll Fraud<br />

A factory-set Disallowed List 7 contains default entries, which<br />

are numbers frequently associated with toll fraud. By default,<br />

Disallowed List 7 is automatically assigned to both generic and<br />

integrated voice messaging interface (VMI) ports used by voice<br />

messaging systems. The system manager can manually assign<br />

this list to other extensions.<br />

■ Default Pool Dial-Out Code<br />

Restriction for All Extensions<br />

The default setting for the pool dial-out code restriction (Hybrid/<br />

PBX mode only) is restricted. No extension or remote access<br />

user with a barrier code has access to pools until the restriction<br />

is removed by the system manager.<br />

■ Default Outward Restrictions for VMI Ports<br />

Ports assigned for use by voice messaging systems (generic or<br />

integrated VMI ports) are now assigned outward restrictions by<br />

default. If a voice messaging system must be allowed to call out<br />

(for example, to send calls to a user’s home office), the system<br />

manager must remove these restrictions.<br />

! SECURITY ALERT:<br />

Before removing restrictions, it is strongly recommended that<br />

you read Appendix A, ‘‘Customer Support Information,” in<br />

<strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />

■ Default Facility Restriction<br />

Level (FRL) for VMI Ports<br />

The default Automatic Route Selection (ARS) FRL for VMI ports<br />

is 0, restricting all outcalling.<br />

■ Default for the Default Local Table<br />

The default Automatic Route Selection (Hybrid/PBX mode only)<br />

FRL has changed to 2 for the Default Local table. <strong>System</strong><br />

managers can easily change an extension’s default FRL of 3 to<br />

2 or lower to restrict calling. No adjustment to the route FRL is<br />

required.<br />

■ New Maintenance Procedure for Testing<br />

Outgoing Trunks<br />

Technicians must enter a password in order to perform trunk<br />

tests.<br />

! SECURITY ALERT:<br />

The enhancements in Release 3.1 help increase the security<br />

of the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong>. To fully utilize these<br />

security enhancements, be sure to read and understand the<br />

information in these upgrade notes and in the relevant<br />

system guides.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

22


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

Release 3.0 includes all Release 2.1 functionality plus the<br />

enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Equipment<br />

New hardware includes a variety of components. Additional<br />

details are included elsewhere in this book.<br />

— CPU modifications include:<br />

— A processor running at 16 MHz with a 32-bit wide data<br />

bus.<br />

— 1.5 MB of non-volatile (battery-backed) RAM.<br />

— 4.0 MB of Flash ROM.<br />

— PCMCIA memory card interface.<br />

— A full-duplex 1200/2400 bps modem.<br />

— Error/Status code display for maintenance support.<br />

— An 800 GS/LS-ID line/trunk module delivers the calling<br />

party’s telephone number to the customer premises (MLX<br />

display telephones only) if the service is subscribed to by the<br />

customer and if it is supported by the caller’s telephone<br />

company.<br />

— Support for:<br />

— MDC 9000 (six-line, cordless).<br />

— MDW 9000 (six-line, cordless, wireless).<br />

— 8101 (single-line telephone, desk or wall-mount, data/fax<br />

jack, selectable positive disconnect).<br />

— 2500YMGL and 2500 MMGL (single-line desk telephones,<br />

selectable positive disconnect).<br />

— Picasso Still-Image telephone (for interactive display of<br />

still images).<br />

— Videophone 2500 single-line telephone with interactive<br />

video display<br />

— Pre-fabricated and pre-drilled backboard.<br />

■ Installation, Upgrade Administration, and Maintenance<br />

These are the new <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

capabilities:<br />

— SPM (Release 3.18) conversion of translations from Release<br />

1.0, 1.1, 2.0, and 2.1 to 3.0.<br />

— Remote operation at 1200/2400bps.<br />

— Advice and feedback administration screens for new Release<br />

3.0 functionality.<br />

— PCMCIA Memory Card Interface (a Release 3.0 processor<br />

board required) allowing:<br />

— <strong>System</strong> software installation.<br />

— <strong>System</strong> software upgrade.<br />

— 800 GS/LS-ID port module firmware upgrade.<br />

— Integrated backup and restore of translations.<br />

— Automatic and manual options for backup and restore are<br />

available on the system. Automatic backup can be<br />

scheduled weekly or daily to fit the customer’s needs.<br />

— Inter-digit dialing timer values are programmable.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

23


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

— Inspection of Lines/Trunks displays only those lines and<br />

trunks configured on system rather than all 80 facilities.<br />

— Extensions and facilities in Maintenance Busy (both manual<br />

and automatic) can be identified by the maintenance monitor.<br />

■ User Features<br />

— Security. The Remote Access feature allows people at<br />

remote locations to enter the system by dialing the number of<br />

a line or trunk designated for remote access. The system can<br />

be programmed to require the remote user to dial a barrier<br />

code (a type of password) after reaching the system. In<br />

earlier versions, the systemwide barrier code length is fixed<br />

at four digits. Release 3.0 allows a systemwide barrier code<br />

length ranging from a minimum of four digits to a maximum of<br />

11 digits, with a factory setting of seven digits. SMDR records<br />

are enhanced to provide information for remote access calls.<br />

If the remote access call is received on a facility providing<br />

Caller ID information (see below), the SMDR report can help<br />

trace the call.<br />

— Caller ID. Caller information (telephone number) is furnished<br />

to MLX display telephones by an 800 GS/LS-ID module<br />

using the LS (loop-start) option. This allows customers to<br />

screen calls before answering the telephone, as well as<br />

providing calling party information for use with various<br />

applications. This function is available only when the<br />

customer subscribes to caller identification service from the<br />

telephone company, if the telephone company supports that<br />

service.<br />

— Shared <strong>System</strong> Access (SSA). A telephone may have up to<br />

27 Shared SA buttons to expand extension coverage.<br />

— Authorization Codes. The Authorization Code feature<br />

allows you to make calls using your calling privileges when<br />

you are dialing from an extension other than your own. When<br />

you enter your authorization code (ranging from 2 to 11<br />

characters and unique across the system), the privileges and<br />

restrictions assigned to your home extension override the<br />

current restrictions at the host extension. This includes toll<br />

restriction, outward restriction, Facility Restriction Level<br />

(FRL), Allowed Lists, Disallowed Lists, Night Service<br />

Exclusion List, and Dial Access to Pools. All other functions<br />

on the telephone are those of the local telephone, not the<br />

home extension.<br />

Authorization codes can also be used for the purpose of call<br />

accounting through the SMDR printout. The SMDR account<br />

code field can hold either the authorization code extension<br />

number or the authorization code itself.<br />

— Direct Voice Mail. If your company has voice mail, this<br />

feature allows you to dial a co-worker’s voice mailbox directly<br />

without ringing that person’s extension. Direct Voice Mail is<br />

especially useful for transferring calls when a co-worker is<br />

not available.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

24


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 3.0 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

■ Additional Features<br />

The status of Leave Word Calling (LWC) and Privacy are<br />

retained across cold starts.<br />

Caller ID (CLASS SM ICLID and PRI) are available on primary<br />

coverage and return from transfer.<br />

■ Additional Application Packages, Adjuncts, and<br />

Adapter Enhancements<br />

— PassageWay Direct Connection Solution. PassageWay<br />

Direct Connection Solution (Release 2.0) is a computer<br />

telephony integrated product that links a desktop Microsoft ®<br />

Windows ® -based PC to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

Communication <strong>System</strong>’s MLX-10DP, MLX-20L, or MLX-28D<br />

telephone. The Windows applications are: AT&T Call<br />

(autodial/contact manager), AT&T Buzz (screen pops<br />

applications), AT&T Set (extension programming interface),<br />

and Log Viewer (call log application). PassageWay Direct<br />

Connection Solution (Release 2.0) is the version supported<br />

on <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 3.0.<br />

— PagePal. PagePal connects several paging systems to the<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>. No other<br />

system adapter is necessary for loudspeaker paging.<br />

— Fax Attendant 2.1.1. Fax Attendant Release 2.1.1, which<br />

co-resides with AUDIX Voice Power on the IS III Release 1.2<br />

platform, provides the same functionality as earlier versions,<br />

plus the following enhancements:<br />

— Personal Fax Messaging. Inbound faxes can be stored<br />

until the subscriber asks that they be printed, at any fax<br />

machine he or she specifies, on company premises or<br />

offsite (when the subscriber retrieves fax messages<br />

remotely).<br />

— Fax Mail. Allows subscribers to send fax messages, get<br />

fax messages, record personal greetings, and program<br />

outcalling.<br />

— Fax Broadcast. Provides a simple way to send one fax to<br />

as many as 1000 fax numbers.<br />

■ Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS) for Windows<br />

This stand-alone version of CAS takes advantage of the easyto-use<br />

graphical environment offered by Microsoft Windows.<br />

Through data communications, it also allows one CAS system<br />

to serve multiple business sites.<br />

■ Group Videoconferencing<br />

Group videoconferencing is supported over DS1 (Digital Signal<br />

Level 1) facilities with PRI. (Videoconferencing has been<br />

available since Release 2.0.)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

25


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

Refer to Release 2.1 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 2.1<br />

enhancements. Release 2.1 includes all Release 2.0 functionality<br />

plus the enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Operational<br />

<strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />

— When a call is forwarded to a multiline telephone that has an<br />

Auto Dial or DSS button programmed for the forwarding<br />

telephone, the green light next to the Auto Dial or DSS button<br />

for the forwarding telephone does not flash.<br />

— People answering calls received on Cover buttons are<br />

allowed to generate touch tones if their telephones are not<br />

outward- or toll-restricted.<br />

— Calls received on personal lines with Do Not Disturb on go<br />

immediately to coverage instead of waiting for the coverage<br />

delay interval.<br />

— A call put on hold at a Cover button can be added to a<br />

conference by someone who has a personal line for the call.<br />

— A call put on hold at a Cover button can be picked up by any<br />

person who has a personal line for the call.<br />

— Calls that have been put on hold at a Cover, SA, Shared SA,<br />

or Pool button can be picked up by a person who has a<br />

personal line button for the call.<br />

— An inside call on hold at an SA button can be picked up and<br />

transferred by any person with a Shared SA button<br />

corresponding to the button with the held call.<br />

— Calls that are on hold awaiting transfer can be picked up by<br />

any user who has a personal line for the call.<br />

— Beginning with Integrated Solution III Version 1.2, the<br />

automatic reconciliation program that was run automatically<br />

at 3:00 a.m. is disabled and can be invoked manually from<br />

the User Maintenance menu.<br />

— If an extension is programmed for Forced Account Code<br />

Entry, account codes do not have to be entered when using a<br />

programmed Loudspeaker Paging button. In addition, an<br />

SMDR record is not generated for calls made to paging<br />

ports.<br />

— When an MLX telephone, other than an MLX-20L, is plugged<br />

into an MLX port and the Personal Directory does not contain<br />

any entries, the allocation of the Personal Directory resource<br />

is released. If there are any entries in the Personal Directory,<br />

the Personal Directory allocation and the entries in the<br />

Personal Directory are saved in the MLX port.<br />

— SMDR call records for calls made on PRI facilities are more<br />

accurate than SMDR call records for calls made on non-PRI<br />

facilities. Outgoing calls made on PRI facilities receive<br />

“answer supervision.” Consequently, SMDR timing for calls<br />

made on PRI facilities begins when the call is answered.<br />

Timing for calls made on non-PRI facilities begins when<br />

dialing is completed. Therefore, an SMDR call record is not<br />

generated when a call made on a PRI facility is not answered<br />

at the far end.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

26


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

— The Call Type field and the Called Number field on the<br />

SMDR report are changed for both the Basic and ISDN<br />

report formats.<br />

— An 012 port that is programmed as a generic voice<br />

messaging interface (VMI) port can transfer an outside call to<br />

an outside number.<br />

— In a system where the transfer audible option is programmed<br />

for Music-On-Hold and a music source is provided, outside<br />

callers who are transferred to a calling group and are waiting<br />

in the queue or who are parked or camped-on, hear music<br />

while they are waiting. Internal callers never hear music on<br />

hold while waiting in the calling group queue or when they<br />

are parked, camped-on, or being transferred to another<br />

extension.<br />

■ Installation and Hardware<br />

Installation and hardware enhancements include the following:<br />

— The control unit covers for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> are the same easy-to-use covers<br />

as those for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />

— A new 012 (tip/ring) module [apparatus code 517G13 (28) or<br />

higher letter] contains a built-in ring generator. The maximum<br />

ring equivalency number (REN) supported is 2.2, and the<br />

module will ring four ports at one time. Bridging of single-line<br />

telephones is not supported because of poor transmission<br />

quality.<br />

— A new 008 OPT module (labeled “with RING GEN.”) contains<br />

a built-in ring generator. It rings four ports at a time.<br />

— Ferrite cores for the power supply modules are shipped from<br />

the factory to comply with FCC Part 15 requirements.<br />

— 3129-WTWA (touch tone outdoor telephone equipped with<br />

cast aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />

ringers)<br />

— 3129-WRWA (rotary dial outdoor telephone equipped with<br />

cast aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />

ringers).<br />

— 3129-WAWA (auto dial outdoor telephone equipped with cast<br />

aluminum housing and armored handset cord with bell<br />

ringers).<br />

— 3129-WNWA (nondial, automatic ringing on dedicated circuit<br />

outdoor telephone equipped with cast aluminum housing and<br />

armored handset cord with bell ringers).<br />

■ Equipment and Operations<br />

Equipment and operations enhancements include the following:<br />

— A new release (Version 2.16) of the <strong>System</strong> Programming<br />

and Maintenance (SPM) software to support international<br />

use.<br />

— Support of PRI connection to DEFINITY‚ <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>s<br />

— MLX-10DP telephone, identical to an MLX-10D, except that it<br />

provides a jack for access to the PassageWay Solution<br />

and PassageWay Direct Connection Solution application.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

27


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 2.1 Enhancements (August 1994)<br />

■ Additional Application Packages, Telephones,<br />

Adjuncts, and Adapter<br />

Additional application packages, adjuncts, and adapter<br />

enhancements include the following:<br />

— A Digital Announcer Unit, compatible with all call<br />

management systems and tip/ring applications currently<br />

available for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>.<br />

— The HackerTracker system software enhancement to the<br />

Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS) detects abnormal calling<br />

activity by allowing monitoring of facilities or authorization<br />

code usage.<br />

— A new digital Magic On Hold unit is available in three<br />

configurations:<br />

— Basic Prerecorded Package<br />

— Personalized Package<br />

— Custom Production Package<br />

— The <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® Identifier application enables people to<br />

receive, store, and use information provided by the local<br />

telephone company, specifically, the telephone number of a<br />

caller in an area where the service is also supported.<br />

— An Off-Premises Range Extender (OPRE) supports offpremises<br />

operation with an off-premises extension capability<br />

and extended range operation for tip/ring devices as well as<br />

variable gain to improve voice transmission levels.<br />

— PagePac ® Plus Loudspeaker Paging <strong>System</strong>s do not require<br />

system adapters. The controller provides eight built-in zones<br />

(expandable to 56 zones by using up to three 16-zone<br />

expansion units), group zones, talkback, night bell, operator<br />

override, tones, door supervision, microphone input, and<br />

system access security codes as standard features.<br />

— PassageWay Solution (Release 1.0) software consisting of<br />

four applications that run with Microsoft ® Windows 3.1 or<br />

later and provide an interface between an IBM ® -compatible<br />

personal computer and the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />

— Four single-line telephones with memory buttons: 710, 715,<br />

725, and 730.<br />

— Four specialty handsets compatible with all MLX telephones<br />

and the 3101 series, 3178-NHL, 8102, and 8110 single-line<br />

telephones.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

28


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />

Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />

Refer to Release 2.0 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 2.0<br />

enhancements. Release 2.0 includes all Release 1.1 functionality<br />

plus the enhancements listed below.<br />

■ Programming<br />

Programming enhancements include the following:<br />

— Extension Copy is a feature that reduces programming time<br />

by allowing the use of any extension as a template for<br />

programming another extension or block of extensions<br />

through centralized telephone programming.<br />

— Integrated Administration provides a single interface through<br />

Integrated Solution III (IS III) for programming entries<br />

common to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

and AUDIX Voice Power.<br />

— Any SPM Version 2.xx (where xx is replaced by numbers)<br />

provides a Convert function for use in upgrading the system<br />

from Release 1.0 or 1.1. This function converts a backup file<br />

from a Release 1.0 or 1.1 system to Release 2.0 and later<br />

format, allowing reuse of existing system programming on<br />

the upgraded system.<br />

— Forced idle reductions keep system interruptions at a<br />

minimum. In general, the smallest necessary component is<br />

forced idle during programming activities. For example,<br />

renumbering a single extension idles only one extension.<br />

Only a few systemwide programming activities, such as<br />

setting the system mode and system renumbering, idle the<br />

entire system.<br />

■ Operational<br />

— <strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />

— Coverage VMS Off is a feature that prevents incoming<br />

outside calls from going to voice mail. (All other coverage<br />

remains active as programmed.) The feature is programmed<br />

extension by extension, either through extension<br />

programming or through centralized telephone programming.<br />

— A Night Service group can be programmed to include either<br />

extensions or a calling group as members. You should not<br />

program both individual extensions and a calling group into<br />

the Night Service group, however, because individuals will<br />

not have a chance to answer before calling group members<br />

do.<br />

— When AUDIX Voice Power sends a Leave Message<br />

notification to an extension, the system identifies the voice<br />

mail system as the sender of the message. When the voice<br />

mail subscriber uses the Return Call feature, the call goes to<br />

any available voice mail port, not just to the specific port that<br />

generated the message. This reduces the chance of getting<br />

a busy port.<br />

— Coverage receivers can call coverage senders and have the<br />

call receive coverage treatment. If a receiver calls a sender<br />

for whom he or she is covering, and the sender is busy or<br />

unavailable, the call proceeds to other points of coverage. It<br />

does not come back to the receiver who originated the call.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

29


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 2.0 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />

— Enhancements to display prompts include automatic posting<br />

of a Do Not Disturb message (for MLX display telephones or<br />

other multiline telephones, a Posted Message button must<br />

be programmed for the Do Not Disturb message to be posted<br />

automatically) when a user activates the Do Not Disturb<br />

feature, and confirmation messages when a user activates<br />

Hold, Privacy, Saved Number Dial, and Transfer.<br />

— Direct Inward Dialing (DID) trunk emulation on a T1 facility<br />

provides up to 24 DID channels on a single DS1 interface,<br />

instead of requiring 24 separate physical trunks.<br />

— A telephone user can send a timed flash (switchhook flash)<br />

on a loop-start trunk call on a <strong>System</strong> Access (SA) button.<br />

■ Fax Attendant <strong>System</strong><br />

Fax Attendant is an application for sending and receiving fax<br />

messages; its interface is similar to the voice mail interface<br />

provided by AUDIX Voice Power. Fax Attendant <strong>System</strong>, which<br />

co-resides with AUDIX Voice Power on the IS III platform,<br />

provides the following services:<br />

— Fax Call Coverage. Receives and holds messages for<br />

subscribers whose fax machines are busy or out of paper.<br />

This service also allows a subscriber to have a personal fax<br />

number without having a fax machine.<br />

— Fax Mail. Allows subscribers to create and use fax<br />

distribution lists, send and receive fax messages, and record<br />

personal greetings for incoming fax calls.<br />

— Fax Response. Prompts callers to select and receive faxes<br />

from a customer-created menu of choices, using touch-tone<br />

responses.<br />

■ 408 GS/LS-MLX Module<br />

The 408 GS/LS-MLX module (Releases 2.0 and later only)<br />

combines four line/trunk jacks for ground-start or loop-start<br />

trunks and eight extension jacks for MLX telephones on a single<br />

module in the control unit.<br />

■ Primary Rate Interface (PRI)<br />

Primary Rate Interface (PRI) enhancements include the<br />

following:<br />

— Connectivity to the 5ESS ® Generic 6<br />

— Multiple incoming calls to directory number<br />

— Call-by-Call Service Selection<br />

— Password handling for FTS2000<br />

— Extension ID as Calling Party Number for Automatic Number<br />

ID (ANI)<br />

■ Maintenance<br />

Maintenance enhancements include the following:<br />

— Clear descriptions of module test failures<br />

— Optional printing of hard copy of error logs<br />

— Display that correlates extension numbers with slot/port and<br />

logical ID<br />

— Display showing which slots, trunks, and extensions are<br />

maintenance busy<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

30


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />

— Internal digital switching element (DSE) loopback test for all<br />

modules<br />

— B-channel loopback test for MLX modules<br />

— B-channel line or call service states display<br />

— Error log entries for dual-port RAM errors<br />

Release 1.1 Enhancements (October 1992)<br />

Refer to Release 1.1 Notes for detailed descriptions of Release 1.1<br />

enhancements. Release 1.1 includes all Release 1.0 functionality<br />

plus the enhancements described in the following sections.<br />

■ Language Selection<br />

This selection allows you to program the system for the display<br />

of prompts, menus, and messages on MLX display telephones<br />

in English, French, or Spanish. You can also program the<br />

following options in any of these languages, independently of<br />

the system language:<br />

— Individual extensions with MLX telephones<br />

— <strong>System</strong> Programming and Maintenance (SPM)<br />

— <strong>System</strong> programming reports<br />

— SMDR report headers<br />

MLX-10D, MLX-20L, and MLX-28D display telephones and<br />

MLX-10 nondisplay telephones are available in three separate<br />

versions, with factory-set buttons in English, Spanish, or<br />

French. (The MLX-10DP is available in the English version<br />

only.) In addition, user and operator guides and telephone tray<br />

cards are available in all three languages.<br />

■ Programming and Maintenance<br />

Programming and maintenance enhancements include the<br />

following:<br />

— Additional Inspect capability in system programming.<br />

— Editing capability (Backspace selection) in extension<br />

programming.<br />

— Improvements to system reports.<br />

— An access log that records the last 20 times maintenance or<br />

system programming has been accessed.<br />

— Longer (20-second) gap between ring cycles for<br />

programming mode and Forced Idle tone.<br />

■ Operational<br />

<strong>System</strong> operational enhancements include the following:<br />

— Automatic selection of an SA button when Conference is<br />

invoked<br />

(Hybrid/PBX mode).<br />

— Prompting through Conference feature on MLX display<br />

telephones.<br />

— Relocation of the More prompt on the MLX-20L display.<br />

— Display of the number saved on a programmed Last Number<br />

Dial or Saved Number Dial button when the button is<br />

inspected.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

31


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Design Benefits<br />

■ SPM<br />

SPM enhancements include operation in English, French, or<br />

Spanish, faster backup and restore, and automatic onscreen<br />

display of reports as they are created, with a Browse capability<br />

for reading the reports.<br />

■ Equipment<br />

Additional equipment includes the 8102 and 8110 analog<br />

telephones, four headsets, two headset amplifiers, and a<br />

transparent protective cover for the MLX-10 and MLX-10D<br />

telephones. The 8102 and 8110 telephones are also compatible<br />

with Release 1.0.<br />

■ PF Registration<br />

PF registration number AS5USA-65646-PF-E is assigned by<br />

the FCC for operating the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong> in Hybrid/PBX mode in the United States. (The PF<br />

registration is also applicable to Release 1.0 systems.)<br />

Design Benefits<br />

Modular components allow easy, cost-effective growth in both size<br />

and function. For upgrades from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, all wiring and analog <strong>MERLIN</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />

telephones can be reused. For upgrades from the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />

<strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, certain trunk and extension modules can<br />

also be reused. The modules are 800, 400 (LS), 400EM, 012 T/R,<br />

008, and 408.<br />

Menu-driven system programming maintains the customer’s<br />

command of business operations.<br />

Built-in 1200/2400-bps modem allows fast access to the system<br />

by customers, Lucent Technologies personnel, or authorized<br />

dealers from a remote location for system programming and<br />

maintenance.<br />

Flexible mode of operation saves upgrade costs by allowing<br />

system configuration in one of three modes: Hybrid/PBX, Key, and<br />

Behind Switch. (The factory setting on the 3.0 processor board is<br />

Hybrid/PBX.)<br />

Connectivity to other systems in the Behind Switch mode<br />

optimizes existing resources by allowing the system to work as part<br />

of another <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>, <strong>System</strong> 25,<br />

<strong>System</strong> 75, <strong>System</strong> 85, DEFINITY 75/85, or other communications<br />

system. The control unit can connect to another system’s control<br />

unit via either an off-premises telephone (OPT) line or an analog or<br />

digital tie trunk.<br />

Digital 2.048-MHz bus supplies a 64-kbps channel on each of the<br />

216 time slots.<br />

68EC020 Motorola CPU running at 16 MHz with zero wait states<br />

provides fast system performance.<br />

Memory data retention saves time by ensuring that system and<br />

extension programming information is retained for five (5) days,<br />

depending on the system configuration, in case of power failure or<br />

system shutdown.<br />

Integrated voice and data capabilities allow users to talk while<br />

transmitting data at speeds up to 64 kbps.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

32


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Environmental Specifications<br />

DS1 interface can be configured for connection of either T1 or PRI<br />

for basic call control with the 4ESS or 5ESS PRI service<br />

specifications.<br />

Basic Rate interface (BRI) S/T protocol supports premier digital<br />

multiline (MLX) telephones with superior display capabilities and<br />

supports the ISDN terminal adapter Data Module for the connection<br />

of adjuncts.<br />

Environmental Specifications<br />

The control unit requires a regulated environment and can be<br />

located in any room or closet that is temperature-controlled and<br />

clean. Do not mount the control unit where it will be exposed to direct<br />

sunlight.<br />

In addition, the control unit should not be co-located with air<br />

conditioning or ventilation units, compressors, fans and blowers,<br />

heaters, arc welders, or other machinery that produces electrical<br />

interference.<br />

The control unit is mounted on a Lucent Technologies pre-drilled<br />

backboard.<br />

Once installed, it is important to keep the control unit site clear of<br />

hazards, such as stacked paper or boxes, that block ventilation.<br />

Installing any machinery in the vicinity of the control unit should be<br />

avoided. If any pollution-producing work (such as sanding or spray<br />

painting) is to be done in the area, care should be taken to protect<br />

the unit.<br />

The following table gives the environmental specifications for the<br />

control unit.<br />

Control Unit<br />

Fully loaded basic carrier<br />

Weight: 45 lb. (20.4 kg)<br />

Dimensions: 14 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />

deep<br />

(35.6 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />

Fully loaded 2-carrier system<br />

(basic carrier plus 1 expansion carrier)<br />

Weight: 90 lb. (40.8 kg)<br />

Dimensions: 25 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />

deep<br />

(63.5 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />

Fully loaded 3-carrier system<br />

(basic carrier plus 2 expansion carriers)<br />

Weight: 135 lb. (61.2 kg)<br />

Dimensions: 37 inches wide x 23 inches high x 12 inches<br />

deep<br />

(94 cm x 58.4 cm x 30.5 cm)<br />

Mean Time between Failures<br />

(mean/average time the system is expected to operate before any<br />

type of failure occurs) = 2.4 years for a system configured with 24<br />

trunks and 50 stations (extensions).<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

33


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Environmental Specifications<br />

Backboard Mounting Hardware Requirements<br />

This refers to the types of wall construction to which the backboard<br />

will be attached.<br />

Type of material Mounting Hardware<br />

Wood surface Wood screws<br />

Concrete surface, brick, cinder block Masonry anchors<br />

Plaster, plasterboard Toggle bolts<br />

Sheet-metal surface Sheet-metal screws<br />

Hardware has a combined pullout force of 650 lb. (294.8 kg). When<br />

mounting to sheet-metal walls, attach to structural members.<br />

Location<br />

Within 5 feet (1.5 m) of dedicated AC power outlet (1 plug per<br />

carrier).<br />

Within 1000 cable feet (304.8 m) of telephones.<br />

Heat Dissipation<br />

Fully loaded basic carrier 500 Btu/hr (35 cal/sec)<br />

Fully loaded 2-carrier system 1000 Btu/hr (70 cal/sec)<br />

(basic carrier with one expansion carrier)<br />

Fully loaded 3-carrier system 1500 Btu/hr (105 cal/sec)<br />

(basic carrier plus two expansion carriers)<br />

Power Requirements<br />

Basic carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 5.4A<br />

2-carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 10.8A<br />

3-carrier 117 VAC 60 Hz -15% to 10% 16.2A<br />

Temperature/Humidity Range<br />

40°–104°F (4°–40°C)<br />

20%-80% relative humidity<br />

Ventilation Clearances<br />

1 inch (2.5 cm) on right and left sides<br />

Radio Frequency Interference, Tolerance<br />

1.0 V/m<br />

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)<br />

To reduce electromagnetic interference emissions (possible<br />

interference problems with handheld telephones), check the date of<br />

manufacture of the CPU (517A27) units. If they were manufactured<br />

before April, 1993, replace them with a later version.<br />

! CAUTION:<br />

■ For the control unit, do not use an AC outlet that is controlled<br />

by a wall switch or some other switch.<br />

■ Use an approved ground (AC receptacle for 3-prong plug).<br />

■ Do not install the control unit outdoors.<br />

■ Do not place the control unit near extreme heat (furnaces,<br />

heaters, attics, or direct sunlight).<br />

■ Do not expose the control unit to devices that generate<br />

electrical interference (such as arc welders or motors).<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

34


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power and Grounding<br />

■ Do not place anything on top of carriers.<br />

■ Do not install the control unit under any device that may drip<br />

fluid, such as an air conditioner.<br />

■ Do not expose the control unit to moisture, corrosive gases,<br />

dust, chemicals, spray paint, or similar materials.<br />

Power and Grounding<br />

Proper power and grounding are essential for correct and safe<br />

functioning of the system.<br />

Power Specifications<br />

The system control unit plugs into a 117-VAC outlet. To avoid<br />

accidental disconnection of the system, this outlet should not be<br />

controlled by a wall switch.<br />

Each carrier unit requires its own power supply. Each power supply<br />

requires a maximum current of 5.4 amps. Therefore, if expansion<br />

carrier units are added to the system, extra AC outlets may be<br />

needed.<br />

Grounding Requirements<br />

Proper grounding of the installation site protects the system against<br />

the following:<br />

— Lightning<br />

— Power surges<br />

— Power crosses on outside lines/trunks<br />

— Electrostatic discharge (ESD)<br />

The local telephone company is responsible for providing protection<br />

of outside lines/trunks at the entrance to the site. The protection<br />

should consist of the following:<br />

— Carbon blocks or gas discharge tubes connected to an<br />

approved ground<br />

— Adequate bonding of the outside line/trunk protector ground<br />

and the power company ground<br />

! WARNING:<br />

An improper ground can result in equipment failures and<br />

service outages. Verify that the AC power uses an approved<br />

ground for its primary ground, that all voltage-limiting devices<br />

are grounded to an approved ground, and that the ground is<br />

one of the approved grounds listed below.<br />

The following is a list of approved grounds, starting with the most<br />

preferred:<br />

— Building steel.<br />

— Acceptable water pipe, must be a metal, underground water<br />

pipe at least 1/2-inch (30.4 cm) in diameter, and in direct<br />

contact with the earth for at least 10 feet (3 m).<br />

— It must be electrically continuous so that the protector ground<br />

is connected. (Check for insulated joints, plastic pipe, and<br />

plastic water meters that might interrupt electrical continuity.)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

35


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power and Grounding<br />

— A metallic underground water pipe must be supplemented by<br />

the metal frame of the building, a concrete-encased ground,<br />

or a ground ring.<br />

— Other local metal underground systems or local underground<br />

structures such as tanks and piping systems.<br />

— Rod and pipe electrodes, a 5/8-inch (1.6-cm) solid rod or<br />

3/4-inch (1.9-cm) conduit or pipe electrode driven to a<br />

minimum depth of 8 feet (244 cm).<br />

— Plate electrode, a minimum of 2 square feet (61 square cm)<br />

of metallic surface exposed to the exterior soil.<br />

— Concrete-encased ground, which must be an electrode,<br />

consisting of one of the following:<br />

— At least 20 feet (6.1 m) of one or more steel reinforcing<br />

rods, each being at least 1/2-inch (1.27 cm) in diameter.<br />

— 20 feet (6.1 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than<br />

#4 AWG, encased in 2 inches (5 cm) of concrete. This<br />

electrode must be located within and near the bottom of a<br />

concrete foundation or roofing that is in direct contact with<br />

the earth.<br />

— Ground ring, consisting of at least 20 feet (6.1 m) of bare<br />

copper conductor not smaller than #2 AWG, encircling the<br />

building. The ground ring must be in direct contact with the<br />

earth and buried at least 2.5 feet (77 cm) below the earth’s<br />

surface.<br />

! WARNING:<br />

Do not use a metal underground gas piping system. This is a<br />

safety risk.<br />

For most power surges, the following standard grounding<br />

requirements provide adequate lightning and surge protection:<br />

— Properly wired/grounded/bonded outside line protectors<br />

— Properly wired/grounded AC outlet<br />

— Properly grounded single-point ground bar<br />

— Properly wired connection between single-point ground and<br />

power supplies<br />

Additional Power Surge Protection<br />

The 391C1, 391A3, 391A2, and 391A1 power supplies have built-in<br />

AC line protection. This built-in protection handles almost all<br />

situations.<br />

Occasionally, additional protection may be needed if the customer is<br />

located in a heavy lightning area. The following products are<br />

available:<br />

— The 147A protector provides AC surge protection for<br />

In-Range Out-of-Building (IROB) extensions. This protector<br />

can also provide surge protection for the 391A power supply<br />

module in heavy lightning areas.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

36


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Control Unit Interfaces<br />

— The 145D protector provides AC surge protection for the<br />

entire system, including the power supply module. One unit<br />

provides protection for six outlets.<br />

— The 146C protector provides Central Office (CO) line surge<br />

protection. One unit covers four CO lines.<br />

Complete installation instructions are provided with the surge<br />

protectors.<br />

Control Unit Interfaces<br />

Interface Applications<br />

BRI S/T 1 Control unit to MLX telephone<br />

ISDN Terminal Adapter<br />

DS1 Control unit to the following services:<br />

T1<br />

Emulated tie trunk<br />

Emulated DID<br />

Emulated loop-start<br />

Emulated ground-start<br />

PRI services<br />

ACCUNET ® switched digital service<br />

MEGACOM ® WATS<br />

MEGACOM 800<br />

Software Defined Network (SDN)<br />

MultiQuest ® 900 number services<br />

Connectivity to 5ESS Generic 6/7/8/FTS 2000<br />

Multiple incoming calls to directory number<br />

Call-by-Call Service Selection<br />

Password handling for FTS 2000<br />

SID-ANI as Calling Party Number<br />

RS-232-C Control unit to PC connected to<br />

system programming port<br />

Control unit to Lucent Technologies model<br />

572 printer, PC with CAS, or CAT connected<br />

to RS-232-C port<br />

Signaling<br />

Channel<br />

Rate<br />

16 kbps (D)<br />

64 kbps (B)<br />

64 kbps (B)<br />

and (D)<br />

64 kbps<br />

2400 bps<br />

or<br />

1200 bps<br />

1200 bps<br />

1 Call handling derived from CCITT recommendation Q.931.<br />

Audio/<br />

Data<br />

Rate<br />

2400 bps<br />

or<br />

1200 bps<br />

1200 bps<br />

ATL Control unit to analog multiline telephone 40kHz 300–<br />

3400 Hz<br />

Tip/Ring Control unit to single-line<br />

telephone, modem, fax, OPT, or<br />

voice mail system<br />

ETR Control unit to ETR telephone<br />

or MLS telephone<br />

40kHz 300–<br />

3400 Hz<br />

40kHz 300–<br />

3400 Hz<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

37


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Network Interface Requirements<br />

Network Interface Requirements<br />

Facility<br />

Network<br />

Line/Trunk Type Interface Code Interface<br />

Loop-start 02LS2 RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />

Ground-start 02G S2 RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />

DID 02RV2-T RJ11C, RJ14C, RJ21X<br />

OPT OL13C RJ11C, RJ14C<br />

Tie TL31M RJ2GX<br />

T1 04DU9-B<br />

04DU9-C<br />

RJ48C/X<br />

PRI 04DU9-BN<br />

(D4 with AMI)<br />

FCC Registration<br />

DOC Registration<br />

04DU9-DN<br />

(D4 with B8ZS)<br />

04DU9-IKN<br />

(ESF with AMI)<br />

04DU9-ISN<br />

(ESF and B8ZS)<br />

RJ48C/X<br />

BRI 021S5 RJ49<br />

Registration Number REN Type<br />

AS593M-72682-MF-E 1.5A Multi-function<br />

AS593M-72914-KF-E 1.5A Key only<br />

AS5USA-65646-PF-E 1.5A Hybrid/PBX<br />

DOC Certification No. CSA Certification No. Load No.<br />

230-4095A LR-56260 6<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

38


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities<br />

You can configure the system as a stand-alone unit or as part of a<br />

private network. Maximum system capacities are as follows:<br />

— Up to 108 simultaneous two-party conversations<br />

NOTE:<br />

If more than 108 conversations are in progress at the same<br />

time, blocking can occur.<br />

— Up to 80 line/trunk jacks, including loop-start, ground-start,<br />

DID, tie, and DSI<br />

— Up to 400 extension endpoints that support a combination of<br />

the following:<br />

— Up to 272 physical extension jacks for telephones and<br />

adjuncts<br />

— Up to 200 logical digital data ports (through ISDN terminal<br />

adapters connected to jacks on the MLX module)<br />

providing RS-232 connections to data terminals and<br />

personal computers<br />

— <strong>System</strong> call-handling capability of 3828 hundred call seconds<br />

per hour (ccs/hr)<br />

— Up to three 100D DS1 modules, maximum two per carrier;<br />

the 24 channels on each 100D DSI module count toward the<br />

80 line/trunk capacity<br />

— Up to five 800 NI-BRI modules, maximum two per carrier<br />

(Release 4.0 and later)<br />

— One CTI link when operating in Hybrid/PBX mode<br />

The system has a total capacity of 352 physical jacks (80 outside<br />

lines/trunks plus 272 extensions); however, each MLX module<br />

extension jack supports two logical endpoints (extension devices<br />

that can operate simultaneously and independently of each other).<br />

For example, an MLX telephone with a Multi-Function Module<br />

(MFM) plugs into one extension jack, but the jack supports both the<br />

telephone and the equipment (for example, a fax or an analog<br />

modem) connected to the MFM.<br />

Similarly, although the 100D module has only one jack, it can serve<br />

up to 24 endpoints (emulated lines/trunks or PRI lines/trunks). Thus,<br />

you can configure the system to connect up to 80 lines/trunks and<br />

400 extension endpoints—a total of 480 endpoints.<br />

The next table, Hardware and Software Capacities, lists the<br />

hardware and software capacities of the system. Constraining<br />

Factors appear with a checkmark (✓) and are explained at the end<br />

of the table.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

39


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities<br />

Limit<br />

Constraining<br />

Factor<br />

100D Module (maximum 2 per carrier) 3<br />

800 NI-BRI Module<br />

(maximum 3 per carrier)<br />

Account Codes<br />

5<br />

Characters per code<br />

Allowed/Disallowed Lists<br />

16<br />

Number of lists<br />

8<br />

Entries per list<br />

10<br />

Digits per entry<br />

7<br />

Authorization Codes<br />

400<br />

Digits per code<br />

Automatic Route Selection (ARS)<br />

11<br />

Number of ARS tables<br />

16<br />

Subpatterns per table<br />

2<br />

Routes per subpattern<br />

6<br />

Entries per table<br />

100<br />

Entries across all tables<br />

1600<br />

Default tables<br />

4<br />

Callback Calls in Queue<br />

Calling Groups<br />

64<br />

Number of groups<br />

Members per group<br />

32<br />

Local extensions only<br />

20 ✓<br />

Non-local extensions only<br />

1 ✓<br />

Total agents and supervisors<br />

200<br />

Total supervisors<br />

8<br />

Groups per member<br />

1<br />

Primary delay announcements per system<br />

200 ✓<br />

Secondary delay announcements per system 32 ✓<br />

Primary delay announcements per group<br />

10<br />

Secondary delay announcements per group<br />

1<br />

Groups per delay announcement<br />

32<br />

External alerts per group<br />

1<br />

Coverage groups per group<br />

Priority Queuing<br />

1<br />

Support Group<br />

31 home<br />

Home Group<br />

1 support<br />

Carriers<br />

3<br />

Line/trunk and extension module slots per<br />

✓<br />

basic carrier<br />

Line/trunk and extension module slots per<br />

5<br />

expansion carrier<br />

Maximum slots available for<br />

6<br />

line/trunk and extension modules<br />

17<br />

Coverage Groups<br />

Number of groups<br />

Senders per group<br />

Groups per sender<br />

Receiver buttons per group<br />

Groups per QCC receiver<br />

30<br />

400<br />

1<br />

8<br />

30<br />

✓<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

40


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities (Continued)<br />

CTI Link 1 ✓<br />

Data Hunt Groups<br />

Number of groups<br />

Members per group<br />

Groups per member<br />

Direct Inward Dialing<br />

Number of blocks<br />

Number of trunks<br />

Directories<br />

<strong>System</strong> Directory<br />

Listings<br />

Extension Directory<br />

Listings<br />

Personal Directory (MLX-20L only)<br />

Listings<br />

32<br />

20<br />

1<br />

2<br />

80<br />

1<br />

130<br />

1<br />

200<br />

48<br />

50<br />

Endpoints (devices) 400<br />

Extensions<br />

Total physical jacks<br />

Total endpoints<br />

Limit<br />

200<br />

400<br />

Constraining<br />

Factor<br />

Fax Machines with Message Waiting 16 ✓<br />

Lines/Trunks 80<br />

Message Waiting Lamp Messages<br />

Night Service<br />

1499<br />

Groups<br />

8<br />

Members per group<br />

400<br />

Calling groups per group<br />

1<br />

Groups per member<br />

8<br />

Emergency Allowed List entries<br />

10<br />

Park codes (number of codes) 8<br />

Personal Lines 64<br />

Pool Buttons<br />

Ports (not simultaneously)<br />

64<br />

Voice Announce to Busy extensions<br />

200<br />

Voice Messaging interface (VMI)<br />

24 ✓<br />

ISDN Terminal Adapter<br />

200<br />

Paging<br />

3<br />

Primary delay announcements<br />

200 ✓<br />

Secondary delay announcements<br />

Remote Access<br />

32 ✓<br />

Number of barrier codes<br />

16<br />

Digits per code, systemwide<br />

Service Observing Groups<br />

4–11<br />

Number of groups<br />

16<br />

Observers per group<br />

1 ✓<br />

Members per group<br />

Shared <strong>System</strong> Access Buttons<br />

200 ✓<br />

Number of buttons per principal extension 27<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

41


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Constraining Factors<br />

Hardware and Software Capacities (Continued)<br />

Speed Dial<br />

Personal Speed Dial<br />

Entries per telephone<br />

Entries per system<br />

Digits per entry<br />

<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial<br />

Entries per system<br />

Digits per entry<br />

<strong>System</strong> Operating Consoles<br />

Direct-line consoles (DLCs)<br />

MLX-20L or MLX-28D<br />

BIS-22D, BIS-34D, or <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />

<strong>System</strong> Display Consoles<br />

QCCs<br />

Combination of DLCs plus QCCs<br />

DSSs<br />

Number of consoles per module<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX, 408GS/LS-ID-MLX, or<br />

008 MLX<br />

016 MLX<br />

408 (LS-ATL) or 008 (ATL)<br />

<strong>System</strong> Programming Equipment<br />

MLX-20L<br />

RS-232 jack for PC with SPM or WinSPM<br />

Modem (built-in processor module)<br />

Telephones (not simultaneously)<br />

Analog multiline<br />

Without Voice Announce to Busy<br />

With Voice Announce to Busy<br />

MLX-20L<br />

All other MLX telephones<br />

(with/without ISDN terminal adapter/MFM)<br />

Single-line<br />

ETR/MLS<br />

Power failure transfer<br />

Constraining Factors<br />

Limit<br />

24<br />

1200<br />

28<br />

130<br />

40<br />

This section describes the constraining factors that limit the<br />

capabilities supplied in the previous table.<br />

Calling Groups<br />

Members of groups. QCCs cannot be members of calling groups<br />

because the QCC position is set up as a system operator and has<br />

its own queue, which is different from the group’s queue.<br />

Members per group. The maximum number of local extensions in a<br />

calling group is 20. The maximum number of non-local extensions<br />

in a calling group is 1. A calling group cannot contain both local and<br />

non-local extensions.<br />

8<br />

8<br />

4<br />

8<br />

16<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

136<br />

68<br />

48<br />

200<br />

200<br />

200<br />

20<br />

Constraining<br />

Factor<br />

Two-Party Conversations 108 ✓<br />

Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong>s 24<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

42


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Constraining Factors<br />

Primary and secondary delay announcements per system. With<br />

Release 5.0 and later systems, up to 10 primary and one secondary<br />

announcement device can be designated for each calling group.<br />

Each announcement device decreases the 200 tip/ring station<br />

capacity.<br />

Carriers<br />

The first slot of the basic carrier is used for the processor module,<br />

with a maximum of 5 port/board slots.<br />

Coverage Groups<br />

Senders per group. QCCs cannot be senders because they do not<br />

have coverage available and use Position-Busy instead.<br />

CTI Link<br />

One CTI link is supported in Hybrid/PBX mode only.<br />

Fax Machines with Message Waiting<br />

The system can support more than 16 fax machines, but those in<br />

excess of 16 cannot use fax message waiting indication.<br />

Ports (not simultaneously)<br />

Voice Messaging Interface. Although the system software supports<br />

up to 24 VMI ports, all VMI ports must be in the same calling group,<br />

and the maximum number of extensions in a calling group is 20.<br />

Service Observing Groups<br />

A Service Observer station must be an MLX telephone (except QCC<br />

or CTI link). A Service Observing group member station can be any<br />

telephone except QCC or CTI link. The maximum number of<br />

members per Service Observing group is equal to the maximum<br />

number of extensions in the system.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Service Observing may be subject to federal, state, or local<br />

laws, rules, or regulations or require the consent of one or<br />

both of the call parties. You must check in your jurisdiction and<br />

comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations before<br />

using this feature. Failure to comply may result in severe<br />

penalties.<br />

Speed Dial<br />

Personal Speed Dial. Single-line and 5- or 10-button telephones.<br />

<strong>System</strong> Operator Consoles<br />

DLCs. Two consoles are allowed for each 408 MLX, 008 MLX, or<br />

analog multiline module, and four consoles are allowed for each 016<br />

MLX module (Release 7.0 and later). A maximum of eight DLC<br />

consoles are allowed per system. Up to two DSSs can be attached<br />

to an MLX operator console, and one is built into the <strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />

<strong>System</strong> Display Console.<br />

QCCs. Two consoles are allowed for each 408 MLX or 008 MLX<br />

module, and four consoles are allowed for each 016 MLX module<br />

(Release 7.0 and later). A maximum of four QCC consoles are<br />

allowed per system.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

43


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Constraining Factors<br />

<strong>System</strong> Programming Equipment<br />

Remote access overrides onsite programming except during<br />

backup or restore.<br />

Telephones (not simultaneously)<br />

MLX-20L. RAM limit and the total includes the MLX-20L telephone<br />

used for system programming.<br />

All other MLX telephones. RAM limit. An MFM and an ISDN terminal<br />

adapter cannot be connected to the same telephone (including the<br />

MLX-20L) at the same time.<br />

Single-line. Software dial plan limit.<br />

Power failure transfer. 1 for each 4 LS or GS line/trunk jacks.<br />

ETR/MLS. RAM limit.<br />

Two-Party Conversations<br />

216 time slots.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

44


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Component<br />

MODELS<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R7<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Control Unit 6140-CU7<br />

R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />

Power Supply Module<br />

Backplane/Basic Housing<br />

107793275 391C1<br />

and Carrier 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Filler Module 107005720<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM 1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />

108370347 555-670-800<br />

Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />

Note: As of 1/18/99, bundles are no longer offered.<br />

UPGRADES<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Hardware Upgrade—<br />

(ships new CPU) R1/R2/R3 (installs prior<br />

to April 1998) /R4/R5/R6.0 to R7 6141-U7LA<br />

R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />

108370347 555-670-800<br />

Reference (paper)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Software Upgrade—<br />

108370321 555-670-119<br />

R3.1 (since April 1998) /R6.1 to R7 2 6141-119A<br />

Forced Install Card 108387929 10J1<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />

108370347 555-670-800<br />

Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />

Note: To Upgrade from <strong>MERLIN</strong> II to R7, use <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Control Unit<br />

ordering codes (6140-CU7).<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—Free Hardware<br />

Upgrade from R5/R6 to R73 6141-U7LP<br />

R7.0 Processor (CKE4) 108424136 517P33A<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

WinSPM CD ROM - Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />

108370347 555-670-800<br />

Reference (paper)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—Free<br />

108370321 555-670-119<br />

Software Upgrade from R6.1 to R73 6141-119P<br />

Forced Install Card 108387929 10J1<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – Customer 408059376 555-670-804<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 <strong>System</strong> Manager Quick<br />

108370347 555-670-800<br />

Reference (paper) 108370321 555-670-119<br />

ADDITIONAL CONTROL UNIT COMPONENTS<br />

Power Supply 61477/A 107779878 391C1<br />

2 MB Blank PCMCIA<br />

61475/A<br />

Backup/Restore Card<br />

107779878 10A2<br />

4 MB Blank PCMCIA<br />

61501<br />

Backup/Restore Card<br />

107245243 10A1<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals 61612/A2 108370255 555-670-100<br />

SPM Version 7.15 – DOS 61530/A 108411273<br />

SPM Version 7.15 – UNIX for IS 61550A 108411281<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – External Use 6140-SPM 408059376 555-670-802<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

45


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

WinSPM Floppy – External Use<br />

WinSPM CD ROM –<br />

6141-SPM 408059384 555-670-803<br />

Internal Services Use<br />

WinSPM Floppy –<br />

408059392 555-670-804<br />

Internal Services Use 408059400 555-670-805<br />

Expansion Unit<br />

Expansion Wall Mount with<br />

61490/A<br />

102799<br />

Top/Front Cover 107007122 403H<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Top/Front Cover (Choose One)<br />

Cov99<br />

106905953 18A<br />

5 (No Covers)<br />

Cov01 (One Top/One Front)<br />

Cov02 (Two Top/Two Front)<br />

Empty Module (Choose One)<br />

MOD90<br />

107005720 19A<br />

4 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

(No Module)<br />

MOD01 (One Module)<br />

Kit of Parts (Cover Labels and Ferrite<br />

Cores; not in PEC 61490)<br />

Plastic Backboard Hardware<br />

107005027 D182764<br />

Template 847009206<br />

Backboard (31.5’’ x 27’’) 847007523<br />

Shipping Container 847087376<br />

Shipping Tray 847087392<br />

Shipping Insert (pair) 847087384<br />

Network X-Conn: RJ-21X 403613003<br />

Station X-Conn: BR2580-66 Block<br />

Line/Trunk and Extension Modules<br />

405464777<br />

008 (ATL) 61485/A 105351092 517B3<br />

008 MLX 61486/A 108333717 517c21<br />

008 OPT + Ring Generator 61479/A 107731994 517E28<br />

012 (T/R) + Ring Generator 61494/A 107989584 517J13<br />

016 (T/R) with 4 TTRs 61507/A 108359571 517D34<br />

016 ETR with 4 TTRs 61551/A 108333659 517A54<br />

016 MLX 61511/A 108333659 517A54<br />

100D(DS1) 61491/A 108044769 517M15<br />

800 DID 61488/A 108318478 517G20<br />

800 NI-BRI 61510/A 108318494 517B35<br />

400EM (tie trunk) 61492/A 108314261 517D14<br />

400 GS/LS/TTR 61483/A 107091399 517C18<br />

408 GS/LS (ATL) 61481/A 107091407 517D26<br />

408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 61505/A 108333733 517E29<br />

800 DID with 2 TTRs 61488/A 108318478 517G20<br />

800 GS/LS-ID ICL with 4 TTRs 61502/A 108357609 517B31<br />

Vintage Line/Trunk and Extension Modules<br />

408 LS/ATL 61482 105512495 517C1<br />

INACTIVE Models/Bundles and Modules<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R3<br />

6140-C31<br />

Control Unit (Inactive)<br />

105846<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

CKE4 Processor 108182643 517D33A<br />

Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />

Backplane 107007114 403G<br />

Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL 6140-61D<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

106711<br />

R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />

Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

46


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX Mod<br />

(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />

008 ATL Module 105351092 517B3<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />

Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />

108303264 555-661-100<br />

(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 016/ATL/MLX 6140-61F<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

106712<br />

R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />

Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX Module 108236902 517D29<br />

408 GS/LS/ATL Module 107091407 517D26<br />

016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />

Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />

108303264 555-661-100<br />

(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 016/MLX 6140-61G<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

106713<br />

R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />

Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Module (Attr: MDL01)<br />

408 GS/LS-ID-MLX Mod<br />

107005720<br />

(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />

016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />

Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />

108303264 555-661-100<br />

(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 3150 DS1 CSU 6140-61I<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

106714<br />

R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />

Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />

T1 ESF CSU 107564510<br />

DS1 Module 108044769 517M15<br />

DB15-D515 Screw Slide Latch 107369324<br />

CJ48M-RJ48M Cable 107369274<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

(Attribute: DOC51) 108303264 555-661-100<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

47


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

(Attribute: NRD01) 108289703 555-661-150<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND DS1 DSU/ 6140-61J<br />

CSU Bundle (Inactive)<br />

106715<br />

R6.1 Processor (CKE4) 108282765 517M33A<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backup Card 107779878 10A2<br />

SPM–DOS 6.25 108389628 TBD<br />

Backplane 108059304 403J Wall<br />

CU Cover (Attribute: COV01) 106905953 18A<br />

Empty Module (Attr: MDL01) 107005720<br />

T1 DSU/CSU 107563983<br />

DS1 Module 108044769 517M15<br />

DB15-D515 Screw Slide Latch 107369324<br />

CJ48M-RJ48M Cable 107369274<br />

CA Assembly DR 107369340<br />

MTG-DR Bracket 107369803<br />

Customer Ref. CD-ROM1 (Attribute: DOC52) 108289034 555-661-800<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 (Attribute: DOC51)<br />

Network Ref. Paper Manual<br />

108303264 555-661-100<br />

(Attribute: NRD01)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND 012 to 016 T/R<br />

108289703 555-661-150<br />

Trade-in Package (Inactive) 6141-T40A<br />

016 T/R Module 107856551 517C34<br />

Customer Ref. Paper Manuals2 108303264 555-661-100<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/012 T/R 6140-31C<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

105845<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backplane 107007114 403G<br />

Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />

CKE4 Processor<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX Mod.<br />

108182643 517D33A<br />

(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />

012 T/R Module w/Ring Gen. 107989584 517J13 (28)<br />

Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL 6140-31D<br />

Bundle (Inactive)<br />

105844<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Backplane 107007114 403G<br />

Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />

CKE4 Processor<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX Mod<br />

108182643 517D33A<br />

(QTY: 2) 108236902 517D29<br />

008 ATL Module 105351092 517B3<br />

Customer Ref. Manuals 108251877<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND MLX/ATL/012 6140-31E<br />

Package (Inactive)<br />

105843<br />

CKE4 Processor 108182643 517D33A<br />

Backplane 107007114 403G<br />

Power Supply 107793275 391C1<br />

Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />

408 GS/LS-MLX Module 108236902 517E29<br />

012 T/R Module w/Ring Gen. 107989584 517J13<br />

408 GS/LS/ATL Module 107044877 517C26<br />

Customer Ref. Manuals<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—<br />

R1/R2 to R3 (Inactive)<br />

108251877<br />

R3.1 Processor 107752693 517D33<br />

Translation Card 107245243 10A1<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

48


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

SPM—UNIX 107741266<br />

SPM—DOS 107741258<br />

R3.0 Customer Ref. Manuals<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Upgrade—<br />

M II to R3 (Inactive)<br />

107713679<br />

R3.1 Processor 107752693 517D33<br />

Blank Translation Card<br />

Kit of Parts (Cover Labels and<br />

107245243 10A1<br />

Ferrite Cores) 107005027 D182764<br />

R3.0 Customer Ref. Manuals<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R3 to R3.1<br />

Upgrade (Inactive)<br />

107713679<br />

Forced Installation Card 107752677 10B2<br />

Doc Release Notes<br />

Telephones<br />

MLX Telephones<br />

MLX-5<br />

107747479<br />

®<br />

English (black) 3156-0BB 107894719 7712D05D-003<br />

English (white)<br />

MLX-5D<br />

3156-0BW 107894727 7712D05D-264<br />

®<br />

English (black) 3156-0DB 107894735 7712D06D-003<br />

English (white)<br />

MLX-10<br />

3156-0DW 107894743 7712D06D-264<br />

English (black) 3156-02B 107108722 7712D01D-003<br />

English (white) 3156-02W 107108748 7712D01D-264<br />

French (black) 3156-F2I 107108797 7712D01D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 3156-F2I 107108789 7712D01D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-S2I 107108755 7712D01D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white)<br />

MLX-10D<br />

3156-S2I 107108771 7712D01D(22)-264<br />

English (black) 3156-03B 107108870 7712D02D-003<br />

English (white) 3156-03W 107108888 7712D02D-264<br />

French (black) 3156-F3I 107108938 7712D02D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 3156-F3I 107108920 7712D02D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-S3I 107108904 7712D02D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white)<br />

MLX-10DP<br />

3156-S3I 107108912 7712D02D(22)-264<br />

English (black) 3156-06B 107108946 7712D04D-003<br />

English (white)<br />

MLX-16DP<br />

3156-06W 107108953 7712D04D-264<br />

®<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

English (black) 3156-07B 106922271 7715D01D-003<br />

English (white) 3156-07W 106922289 7715D01D-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-S7I 106987423 7715D01D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white) 3156-S7I 106987456 7715D01D(22)-264<br />

French (black) 3156-F7I 106987472 7715D01D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 3156-F7I 106987498 7715D01D(29)-264<br />

East. Europe (black) 3156-S7I 106987506 7715D01D(22)-003<br />

East. Europe (white)<br />

MLX-20L<br />

3156-S7I 106987514 7715D01D(22)-264<br />

English (black) 3156-05B 107108979 7713D01D-003<br />

English (white) 3156-05W 107108987 7713D01D-264<br />

French (black) 3156-F5I 107109027 7713D01D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 3156-F5I 107109019 7713D01D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-S5I 107108995 7713D01D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white)<br />

MLX-28D<br />

3156-S5I 107109001 7713D01D(22)-264<br />

English (black) 3156-04B 107115800 7713D02D-003<br />

English (white) 3156-04W 107115818 7713D02D-264<br />

French (black) 3156-F4I 107115842 7713D02D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 3156-F4I 107115859 7713D02D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-S4I 106613599 7713D02D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white) 3156-S4I 106613607 7713D02D(22)-264<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

49


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

MLX Secure Telephones<br />

MLX-10DS<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

English (black)<br />

MLX-28DS<br />

3156-03S 107185076 7712DO2D1-003<br />

English (black)<br />

MLX-20LS<br />

3156-04S 107185050 7713D02D1-003<br />

English (black) 3156-05S 107185068 7713D01D1-003<br />

Fiber Interface Card<br />

406981217 93030.2 FIB INT<br />

with Ring Generator<br />

Chassis with Power<br />

61393<br />

PRN<br />

Supply, Blank Cover 6139-SFS 406981225 93030.8C MINI<br />

800 LS Card<br />

Inactive MLX Telephones<br />

MLX-5<br />

61394 406981241 903030.3 2 WIRE<br />

PRN<br />

French (black) 107926834 7712D05D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 107926842 7712D05D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 107926859 7712D05D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white) 107926867 7712D05D(22)-264<br />

Hungarian (black) 107926875 7712D05D(30)-003<br />

Hungarian (white)<br />

MLX-5D<br />

107926883 7712D05D(30)-264<br />

French (black) 107926891 7712D06D(29)-003<br />

French (white) 107926909 7712D06D(29)-264<br />

Spanish (black) 107926917 7712D06D(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white) 107926925 7712D06D(22)-264<br />

Hungarian (black) 107926933 7712D06D(30)-003<br />

Hungarian (white)<br />

ETR (PARTNER)<br />

107926941 7712D06D(30)-264<br />

ETR-6 (black) 3158-04B/A 107854788 7311H12A-003<br />

ETR-6 (white) 3158-04W/A 107854796 7311H12A-264<br />

ETR-6 (gray) 3158-04G/A 107854804 7311H12A-323<br />

ETR-18 (black) 3158-05B/A 107854812 7311H13A-003<br />

ETR-18 (white) 3158-05W/A 107854820 7311H13A-264<br />

ETR-18 (gray) 3158-05G/A 107854838 7311H13A-323<br />

ETR-18D (black) 3158-07B/A 107854846 7311H14A-003<br />

ETR-18D (white) 3158-07W/A 107854853 7311H14A-264<br />

ETR-18D (gray) 3158-07G/A 107854861 7311H14A-323<br />

ETR-34D (black) 3158-08B/A 107854054 7515H04A-003<br />

ETR-34D (white) 3158-08W/A 107854062 7515H04A-264<br />

ETR-34D (gray)<br />

MLS (Inactive)<br />

3158-08G/A 107320749 7515H04A-323<br />

MLS-6 (black) 3151-04B/A 107092165<br />

MLS-6 (white) 3151-04W/A 107092181<br />

MLS-12 (black) 3151-05B/A 107092116<br />

MLS-12 (white) 3151-05W/A 107092124<br />

MLS-12D (black) 3151-06B/A 107092157<br />

MLS-12D (white) 3151-06W/A 107092132<br />

MLS-18D (black) 3151-07B/A 107092215<br />

MLS-18D (white) 3151-07W/A 107092207<br />

MLS-34D (black) 3151-08B/A 106927551<br />

MLS-34D (white) 3151-08W/A 106927569<br />

Analog Multiline Telephones (black)<br />

BIS-10 3165-10B/A 107137671 7313HO1C-003<br />

BIS-22 3166-22B/A 107137689 7314HO1C-003<br />

BIS-22D 3166-DSB/A 107623449 7315HO1F-003<br />

BIS-34D 3167-DSB/A 107635476 7317HO1F-003<br />

Inactive Analog Multiline Telephones (black)<br />

MLC-5 105515332 7312HO1C-003<br />

5-Button 105217426 Z7302H01D-003<br />

10-Button 106641079 Z7303H01D-003<br />

10-Button HFAI 106641053 Z7309H01C-003<br />

34-Button Deluxe 106641046 Z7305H02D-003<br />

34-Button BIS 106641087 Z7305H03D-003<br />

34-Button 106641061 Z7305H01B-003<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

50


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

34-Button BIS/DIS 106641095 Z7305H04C-003<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> PFC (ATL) 106681562 SET COMM 50A<br />

PFC paper<br />

Single-Line Telephones<br />

406956367<br />

2500 YMGL 3101-KFD/A<br />

Black 107005043 2500YMGL-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

2500 YMGM<br />

107005050 2500YMGL-215<br />

Black 107732422 2500YMGM-003<br />

Misty cream 107732430 2500YMGM-215<br />

2500 MMGL 3101-KBD/A<br />

Black 107023236 2500MMGL-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

6210<br />

107023277 2500MMGL-215<br />

Deep gray 3198-10G/A<br />

Lucent white<br />

6220<br />

3198-10W/A<br />

Deep gray 3198-20G/A<br />

Lucent white<br />

Inactive Single-Line Telephones<br />

2500 YMGK<br />

(message waiting, recall,<br />

touch-tone, desk)<br />

3198-20W/A<br />

Black 105480578 2500YMGK-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

2500 MMGK<br />

(recall, touch-tone, desk)<br />

105480560 2500YMGK-215<br />

Black 105414130 2500MMGK-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

2500 MMGJ<br />

(touch-tone, desk)<br />

105414122 2500MMGK-215<br />

Black 105414155 2500MMGJ-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

2554 MMGJ<br />

(touch-tone, wall)<br />

105414148 2500MMGJ-215<br />

Black 105480081 2554MMGJ-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

500 MM<br />

(rotary, desk)<br />

105480032 2554MMGJ-215<br />

Black 103870234 500MM-03<br />

Ivory 103870226 500MM-50<br />

Beige<br />

554 BMPA<br />

(rotary, wall)<br />

103870267 500MM-60<br />

Black 103823498 554BMPA-3<br />

Ivory 103823506 554BMPA-50<br />

8110M Analog Voice 3193-001<br />

Black 107535841 8110A01D-003 811<br />

Kit (4 black sets) 107538399 8110A01D-003<br />

White 107535858 8110A01D-264 811<br />

Kit (4 white sets) 107538401 8110A01D-264<br />

8102M Analog Voice 3192-001<br />

Black 107538357 8102A01C-003 810<br />

Kit (4 black sets) 107538373 8102A01C-003<br />

White 107538365 8102A01C-264 810<br />

Kit (4 white sets) 107538381 8102A01C-264<br />

8101 Analog Voice 3192-101<br />

Black 107730475 8101A01-B003<br />

White<br />

Wireless Telephones<br />

107730483 8101A01-B264<br />

BC 905 Business Cordless 3206-02B 1081660 59<br />

Battery 32091 407759729<br />

Belt Clip 3206-CLP 847903614<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

51


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

MDW 9031P TransTalk<br />

Wireless Telephone Set<br />

(stand-alone product<br />

shipped w/ power pack)<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Black<br />

MDW 9031P TransTalk<br />

Wireless Telephone Set<br />

(sets for use with wireless<br />

carrier assembly)<br />

3204-07B<br />

Black<br />

TransTalk Wireless<br />

3204-W7B<br />

Carrier Assembly 3204-CR3 117A1<br />

Headset 3122-042<br />

Headpiece 407713718<br />

QD Cord<br />

Headset (packaged with<br />

407714401<br />

an adapter) 3122-043<br />

Headpiece 407720739<br />

QD Cord<br />

Battery Pack<br />

407714401<br />

Black 32045 107733107<br />

Extended Life Battery 32049 107733115<br />

Carrying Case (Holster) 32090 848026092<br />

Inactive Cordless/Wireless Telephones<br />

Model 5405 106440472 CS6300U30A-2292<br />

Model 5455<br />

MDC 9000 Business<br />

Cordless Telephone Set<br />

106440464 CS6300U29A-2292<br />

White 107304982 7311H11B-264<br />

Black<br />

Battery Pack for MDW 9010<br />

107304974 7311H11B-003<br />

White 106760812<br />

Black<br />

Special-Purpose Telephones<br />

106760804<br />

Touch-tone Outdoor WL 8800-031 407380922 2526<br />

Manual Dial Outdoor WL 8800-002 407380955 526<br />

Auto-Dial Outdoor WL<br />

Explosive Atmosphere<br />

Telephones<br />

2520B<br />

8800-003 407380930 526 AMACADL<br />

5<br />

Touch-tone, Wall 3129-ETW 103873030 2520B-3<br />

Inactive Special-Purpose Telephones<br />

520B<br />

Rotary, Desk 103873048 520B-3<br />

Rotary Outdoor WL<br />

Consoles<br />

DSS<br />

105727444 526<br />

English (black) 3156-DCB 106902463 604B1-003<br />

English (white) 3156-DCW 106902489 604B1-264<br />

Spanish (black) 3156-SDI 107013294 604B1(22)-003<br />

Spanish (white)<br />

Inactive Consoles<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> II<br />

3156-SDI 107013302 604B1(22)-264<br />

<strong>System</strong> Display Console 105229744 7318H01A-003<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

52


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Applications<br />

SPM Version 2.16–DOS 61495 107259905<br />

SPM Version 2.16–UNIX 61496 107259913<br />

SPM Version 3.18–DOS 61495 107259905<br />

SPM Version 3.18–UNIX 61496 107259913<br />

SPM Version 4.15–DOS 61508 107886608<br />

SPM Version 4.15–UNIX 61509 107886624<br />

SPM Version 5.15–DOS 61515 108007774<br />

SPM Version 5.15–UNIX 61514 108007782<br />

SPM Version 6.15–DOS 61526 108096132<br />

SPM Version 6.15–UNIX 61527/A 108096140<br />

SPM Version 6.25–DOS 61528/A 108280165<br />

SPM Version 6.25–UNIX 61529/A 108280546<br />

SPM Version 7.15–DOS 61530/A 108411273<br />

SPM Version 7.15–UNIX for IS 61550/A 108411281<br />

WinSPM CD ROM – External Use 6140-SPM 408059376 555-670-802<br />

WinSPM Floppy – External Use<br />

WinSPM CD ROM –<br />

6141-SPM 408059384 555-670-803<br />

Internal Services Use<br />

WinSPM Floppy –<br />

408059392 555-670-804<br />

Internal Services Use<br />

Call Accounting <strong>System</strong> (CAS)<br />

CAS for Windows<br />

408059400 555-670-805<br />

50-station 1202-651/A<br />

100-station 1202-652/A<br />

200-station 1202-653/A<br />

Custom Rate Table (mandatory)12055<br />

HACKERTRACKER for<br />

Windows<br />

1202-660/A<br />

Supplemental Initialization<br />

Support<br />

Parallel Printer (optional)<br />

12057<br />

dot matrix 69769<br />

Parallel Printer Cable 69641 846943298<br />

Serial Printer 4200-572<br />

Parallel Printer 4200-570<br />

Hacker/Tracker 12014 406806166 PCCB6201<br />

Fax/Modem SW 407046317 92193WP<br />

INTUITY CAS 50 Station<br />

INTUITY CAS<br />

1201-052/A<br />

HACKERTRACKER 1201-054/A<br />

INTUITY CAS 50 Station<br />

Upgrade<br />

1201-053/A<br />

INTUITY CAS Custom Rates<br />

Inactive CAS<br />

CAS Plus V3.1.1<br />

Bundle, Model 300<br />

(does not include a printer)<br />

Custom Rate Table<br />

CAS Plus V3 Bundle<br />

w/ 80-col. Parallel Printer<br />

CAS Plus V3 Bundle<br />

w/ 132-col. Parallel Printer<br />

12054<br />

CAS Plus V3 Software<br />

Rate Table<br />

406362244<br />

6<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

CAS Plus V3 Update (SW) 406158444 3300EA51<br />

CAS Plus Upgrade 406025916 3300KA2U<br />

CAS V3 Hacker Tracker<br />

(MS-DOS)<br />

406774513 3399EA<br />

IS-III UNIX CAS 250 1201-U14A 407243187 ISIII CAS 250<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

53


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

UNIX CAS Rate Tables<br />

IS-III UNIX CAS Upgrade 500<br />

406140764 3.5 SW ATT MTS<br />

(250-500) 1201-U15A 406898254 UN/CAS UPGR<br />

IS CAS Upgrade to NANP 1201-U16A IS CAS NANP<br />

M/L&S – 25 Upgrade NANP 1201-U17A<br />

IS II CAS Upgrade to IS III 1201-U18A<br />

UNIX HackerTracker<br />

Call Accounting Terminal (CAT)<br />

1201-U13A 406898270 SFTW-ISIII<br />

CAT BASIC/B (LEGEND) 3600-010/A<br />

Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />

Processor 406669769 PROCR-36001-C1<br />

CAT + LEGEND/H 3600-024/A<br />

Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />

Processor 406478818 PROCR-37000-C6-<br />

HQU<br />

CAT + LEGEND/B 3600-023/A<br />

Printer 406716464 PRNTR-ML182-R2<br />

Processor 406478800 PROCR-37000-C6-<br />

BQU<br />

CAT Basic Rate Table6 (Update Chip)<br />

CAT/B Rate Table<br />

36014A 406669739<br />

6<br />

(Update)<br />

CAT/H Rate Table<br />

36023A 406478792<br />

6<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

(Update)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Reporter<br />

36024A 406478784<br />

Single Site, 50 stations 1201-011<br />

Single Site, 200 stations<br />

Inactive Call Management<br />

1201-012<br />

<strong>System</strong> (CMS)<br />

1207-100<br />

5 107004988<br />

3 107004970<br />

MII/ML CMS Alerter 83010<br />

Block Connector 105164859 104A-246<br />

Power Supply<br />

Inactive CONVERSANT INTRO<br />

MAP5 Tower/AVP/<br />

LEGEND Bundle<br />

(no Script Builder)<br />

MAP5 500MB Hard Drive<br />

8 MB RAM<br />

(QTY: 1) IVP 4 Board (4 ports)<br />

Color Monitor<br />

Keyboard<br />

9-25 pin Adapter<br />

Applications Printer<br />

321P/Printer cable<br />

9600 bps modem<br />

(Qty: 2) D8W cords<br />

(Qty: 2) 250 MB Tapes<br />

Surge protector<br />

CONVERSANT INTRO 3.1.1<br />

Basic speech (male/female)<br />

IVP Platform Software<br />

AVP 2.1.1 Software<br />

LEGEND/IVR Switch<br />

Integration Software<br />

MAP5 Tower/AVP/<br />

LEGEND bundle<br />

(with Script Builder)<br />

(Qty:2) IVP 4 Boards (8 ports)<br />

Remaining components are<br />

the same as PEC 4201-410<br />

405331711 KS22911L2 120VAC<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

54


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

PassageWay Direct Connect<br />

(R2) 8302-500 407214782<br />

PassageWay upgrade R1 to R2<br />

PassageWay R2 and<br />

8302-520A 407189802<br />

Commence 3.1 8302-522<br />

PassageWay Software 407214782<br />

Commence Software<br />

PassageWay R2 and<br />

407528512<br />

Commence Startup 8302-523<br />

PassageWay Software 407214782<br />

Commence Startup Software<br />

PassageWay R2 and<br />

407160043<br />

OnTime 1.54 8302-524<br />

PassageWay Software 407214782<br />

OnTime Software 407127349<br />

Fast Call Software<br />

Fast Call and Passage Way<br />

8330-191 407344928<br />

Direct Connect 8302-521<br />

Commence 2.1 8330-201 407160027<br />

Commence Startup 8330-202 407160043<br />

OnTime 1.54<br />

Inactive Telephony Services<br />

8330-301 407127349<br />

Netware for <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

PassageWay Telephony<br />

Services R2.21D for Netware<br />

8320-500/A<br />

(core/clients)<br />

PassageWay Telephony<br />

Services R2.21D for Netware<br />

407556364<br />

(250+user license)<br />

PassageWay Telephony<br />

Services Netware Driver for<br />

407465558<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

EICON ISDN Board for <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND PassageWay<br />

108027368<br />

Telephony Services<br />

Inactive Lucent Technologies<br />

407556364<br />

Attendant 6125-ATT<br />

Hardware 406899054<br />

Documentation 106431265<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />

2-port 7107-302/A<br />

4-port 7107-304/A<br />

6-port 7107-306/A<br />

Upgrade 2-port to 4-port 7107-311A<br />

Upgrade 2-port to 6-port 7107-312A<br />

Upgrade 4-port to 6-port 7107-313A<br />

Messaging 2000 Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />

7<br />

4-port voice messaging system 7052-004<br />

106217<br />

4 port dialog4 407909993<br />

Monitor – color<br />

6-port voice messaging system<br />

407900547<br />

7 7052-006<br />

106218<br />

6 port dialog4 407910009<br />

Monitor – color<br />

8-port voice messaging system<br />

407900547<br />

7 7052-008<br />

106219<br />

8 port dialog4 407910017<br />

Monitor – color<br />

12-port voice messaging system<br />

407900547<br />

7 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

7052-012<br />

106220<br />

12 port dialog4 407910025<br />

Monitor – color 407900547<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

55


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

4-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />

system7 7052-204<br />

106221<br />

4 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910033<br />

Monitor – color<br />

6-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />

407900547<br />

system7 7052-206<br />

106222<br />

6 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910066<br />

Monitor – color<br />

8-port voice/2-port fax messaging<br />

407900547<br />

system7 7052-208<br />

106223<br />

8 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910082<br />

Monitor – color 407900547<br />

12-port voice/2-port fax<br />

messaging system7 7052-212<br />

106224<br />

12 port dialog4, 2 port fax 407910108<br />

Monitor – color<br />

4-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />

407900547<br />

system7 7052-404<br />

106225<br />

4 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910058<br />

Monitor – color<br />

6-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />

407900547<br />

system7 7052-406<br />

106226<br />

6 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910074<br />

Monitor – color<br />

8-port voice/4-port fax messaging<br />

407900547<br />

system7 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

7052-408<br />

106227<br />

8 port dialog4, 4 port fax 407910090<br />

Monitor – color 407900547<br />

4- to 6-port voice upgrade 7052-606U<br />

106234<br />

Dialog4 board<br />

4 to 6 Port License/Sentinal Disk<br />

407901412<br />

Utility 407920792<br />

6- to 8-port voice upgrade 7052-608U<br />

106235<br />

Dialog4 board<br />

6 to 8 Port License/Sentinal Disk<br />

407901412<br />

Utility 407920800<br />

8- to 12-port voice upgrade 7052-612U<br />

106236<br />

Dialog4 board<br />

8 to 12 Port License/Sentinal<br />

407901412<br />

Disk Utility 407920818<br />

12- to 16-port voice upgrade 7052-616U<br />

106237<br />

Dialog4 board<br />

12 to 16 Port License/Sentinal<br />

407901412<br />

Disk Utility 407920826<br />

2-port fax upgrade 7052-200U<br />

106238<br />

2 port Brooktrout fax board 407914423<br />

Port License/Sentinal Disk Utility 407914498<br />

2- to 4-port voice upgrade 7052-400U<br />

106239<br />

2 port Brooktrout fax board 407914423<br />

Port License/Sentinal Disk Utility 407923770<br />

Visual Mailbox Starter Kit 7052-700<br />

407914445 407914415<br />

Visual Mailbox Software License<br />

10 Seats 7052-710U<br />

106240 407914431<br />

25 Seats 7052-725U<br />

106241 407914449<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

56


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

50 Seats 7052-750U<br />

106242 407914464<br />

100 Seats 7052-752U<br />

106243 407914472<br />

250 Seats 7052-755U<br />

106244 407914480<br />

Inactive <strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />

for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong> (Release 3)<br />

2-port<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407241926<br />

modem<br />

4-port<br />

407002427<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407536739<br />

modem<br />

6-port<br />

407002427<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407241942<br />

modem<br />

Release 3 Upgrade<br />

407002427<br />

2-port to 4-port 407241934<br />

modem 407002427<br />

2-port to 6-port 407241942<br />

modem 407002427<br />

4-port to 6-port 407241942<br />

modem<br />

2-port line card (R2)<br />

(upgrade from 2 to 4 for<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail releases prior<br />

407002427<br />

to V7.4)<br />

2-port line card<br />

(upgrade from 2 to 4 for<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail releases V7.4<br />

407108521<br />

or later)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Identifier (for <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND R2.x)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Voice Messaging <strong>System</strong><br />

for the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong> (Release 2)<br />

2-port<br />

407072115<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407161355<br />

Remote maintenance device<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Multi-Lingual<br />

407002427<br />

Admin. Guide (585-320-742)<br />

User’s Quick Reference<br />

107074932<br />

(585-320-741)<br />

4-port<br />

107074924<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail unit 407161363<br />

Remote maintenance device<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Mail Multi-Lingual<br />

407002427<br />

Admin. Guide (585-320-742)<br />

User’s Quick Reference<br />

107074932<br />

(585-320-741)<br />

Intuity Voice <strong>System</strong><br />

107074924<br />

4-port 7055-004<br />

6-port 7055-006<br />

8-port 7055-008<br />

10-port 7055-010<br />

12-port 7055-012<br />

Administration<br />

Controller Assembly with PC<br />

6128-KBD 406891556<br />

Administration 6128-PCA 406891564<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

57


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

DISCONTINUED<br />

Controller Assembly with<br />

Display Keyboard<br />

Display Assembly with Wall-<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Mounting 406891572<br />

Call Alert Software<br />

Bracket Assembly, ATL<br />

406891721<br />

Telephone Mounting 406891937<br />

Fixture, Display Wallmount 406891929<br />

PC Administration Adapter Kit 406960930<br />

Printer Adapter Kit 406960948<br />

Printer Port to PC Adapter Kit<br />

Installation and <strong>System</strong><br />

406960955<br />

Administration Manual<br />

Quick Reference Card for<br />

406891713<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Identifier Users 406891705<br />

Display Unit 406891663<br />

Keyboard 101 406891655<br />

Controller with Mounting Panel<br />

Cable, Serial RS-232, Controller<br />

406891648<br />

to PC 406891903<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R5.0 TSAPI Offers<br />

In all R5.0 PECs where paper<br />

and CD-ROM are options,<br />

add attributes:<br />

Paper (attribute: doc51)<br />

CD-ROM (attribute: doc52)<br />

default<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND R5.0<br />

Documentation<br />

End-user CD-ROM<br />

Internal CD-ROM (Lucent<br />

108289034<br />

Technologies Associates only)<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND TSAPI<br />

108007964<br />

Solution<br />

PassageWay Telephony<br />

Services<br />

R2.21D for NetWare<br />

8320-500<br />

Core/Clients)<br />

PassageWay Telephony<br />

Services<br />

R2.21D for NetWare -<br />

407556364<br />

250+User License 407465558<br />

Legend Driver Software 108027368<br />

EICON Card<br />

CCOM Application (PhoneLine)<br />

(does not include Professional<br />

Services)<br />

5 Users License<br />

10 Users License<br />

25 Users License<br />

50 Users License<br />

Q.SYS Application (PhoneWare)<br />

(does not include Professional<br />

Services)<br />

5 Users License<br />

10 Users License<br />

25 Users License<br />

50 Users License<br />

CALLWARE Application<br />

(Phonetastic)<br />

(does not include Professional<br />

Services)<br />

5 Users License<br />

Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />

407556364<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

58


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

User Guide<br />

Application (core)<br />

10 Users License<br />

Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />

User Guide<br />

Application (core)<br />

25 Users License<br />

Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />

User Guide<br />

Application (core)<br />

50 Users License<br />

Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />

User Guide<br />

Application (core)<br />

100 Users License<br />

Phonetastic Admin Guide<br />

User Guide<br />

Application (core)<br />

Professional Services Offers<br />

1 Application<br />

2 Applications<br />

Custom Contract<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Enhanced Service Center<br />

12-port <strong>System</strong> 61516<br />

2.5GB Blank Tape (QTY: 3) 407557073<br />

Color Monitor 406504571<br />

Snap-on Ferrite (QTY: 4) 407616846<br />

Keyboard 407681907<br />

UNIXWare Base Sftwr Tape 5P ED5P91260 G-18<br />

Map/5P Tower<br />

V6.0 Map/5P New <strong>System</strong><br />

J1P260F1 L-1<br />

Install & Maint Doc J1P260F1 L-AG<br />

Base <strong>System</strong> Boot Sftwr J1P260TH1 L-1<br />

INTUITY Bkp/Res Util J1P260TH1 L136<br />

ENH Sft Tech Bkp/Res J1P260TH1 L137<br />

INTUITY UNIX Mang Scn Pkg J1P260TH1 L138<br />

Oracle for W95, NT, 3.1 108007758<br />

Data Collection Pkg J1P260TH1 L-28<br />

Veritas Sftwr J1P260TH1 L3<br />

Generic SoftTape J1P260TH1 L4<br />

Configuration Data Pkg J1P260TH1 L5<br />

Hardware Res<br />

INTUITY CONVERSANT VIS<br />

J1P260TH1 L7<br />

V6.0 Set-Update+ J1P260TH1 L-76<br />

Tip/Ring Board Driver J1P260TH1 L-88<br />

Fea. Test Script Pkg J1P260TH1 L9<br />

Call Bridge Application Pkg J1P260TH1 L-90<br />

UNIXWare 1.1.2 Enhance Set J1P260TH1 L-94<br />

CA Assy-84000 407265529<br />

Analog Adap Kit 885A (QTY:2) 601419666<br />

IVC6 Card (AYC10) (QTY:2) 106406580<br />

25 ft Tel Cord (QTY:4) 103612195<br />

3 ft Tel Mtg Cord (QTY:4) ED5P20830 G-16<br />

BUS Cable J1P260F1 L8<br />

Analog Switch Interface US J1P260TH1 L-70<br />

RMB/Modem J1P260AA1 L-10<br />

RMB Software Utilities-Boot 107397929<br />

RMB Utilities (QTY:3) J1P260TH1 L-73<br />

8-Port Serial Card and Cable J1P260AA1 L-34<br />

Board 407788439<br />

Cable 407789080<br />

Terranova Software 107087280<br />

25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />

9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />

25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />

DW8 Cord 14 ft (QTY:2) 103786802<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

59


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Passage Direct Connect<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ESC<br />

407214782<br />

Software 407799857<br />

RMB Integration Sftwr V1.0 J1P260TH1 L-80<br />

18-port <strong>System</strong> 61517<br />

2.5GB Blank Tape (QTY: 3) 407557073<br />

Color Monitor 406504571<br />

Snap-on Ferrite (QTY: 6) 407616846<br />

Keyboard 407681907<br />

UNIXWare Base Sftwr Tape 5P ED5P91260 G-18<br />

Map/5P Tower<br />

V6.0 Map/5P New <strong>System</strong><br />

J1P260F1 L-1<br />

Install & Maint Doc J1P260F1 L-AG<br />

Base <strong>System</strong> Boot Sftwr J1P260TH1 L-1<br />

INTUITY Bkp/Res Util J1P260TH1 L136<br />

ENH Sft Tech Bkp/Res J1P260TH1 L137<br />

INTUITY UNIX Mang Scn Pkg J1P260TH1 L138<br />

Oracle for W95, NT, 3.1 108007758<br />

Data Collection Pkg J1P260TH1 L-28<br />

Veritas Sftwr J1P260TH1 L3<br />

Generic SoftTape J1P260TH1 L4<br />

Configuration Data Pkg J1P260TH1 L5<br />

Hardware Res<br />

INTUITY CONVERSANT VIS<br />

J1P260TH1 L7<br />

V6.0 Set-Update+ J1P260TH1 L-76<br />

Tip/Ring Board Driver J1P260TH1 L-88<br />

Fea. Test Script Pkg J1P260TH1 L9<br />

Call Bridge Appl Pkg J1P260TH1 L-90<br />

UNIXWare 1.1.2 Enhance Set J1P260TH1 L-94<br />

CA Assy-84000 407265529<br />

Analog AdapKit 885A (QTY:3) 601419666<br />

IVC6 Card (AYC10) (QTY:3) 106406580<br />

25 ft Tel Cord (QTY:4) 103612195<br />

3 ft Tel Mtg Cord (QTY:6) ED5P20830 G-16<br />

BUS Cable J1P260F1 L8<br />

Analog Switch Interface US J1P260TH1 L-70<br />

RMB/Modem J1P260AA1 L-10<br />

RMB Software Utilities-Boot 107397929<br />

RMB Utilities (QTY:3) J1P260TH1 L-73<br />

8-Port Serial Card and Cable J1P260AA1 L-34<br />

Board 407788439<br />

Cable 407789080<br />

Terranova Software 107087280<br />

25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />

9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />

25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />

DW8 Cord 14 ft (QTY:2) 103786802<br />

Passage Direct Connect<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND ESC<br />

407214782<br />

Software 407799857<br />

RMB Integration Sftwr V1.0<br />

Optional Equipment<br />

Additional Supervisor Software<br />

J1P260TH1<br />

L-80<br />

Terranova Software and cables 61522 107087280<br />

25-Pin ESF Int. Adapter 407814201<br />

9-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814219<br />

25-Pin ESC PC Int. Adapter 407814227<br />

Printer and Cable 4200-570 406637314<br />

Wallboard 8 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

5340-WB4/A 407753243<br />

Wallboard Master Kit<br />

Wallboard Stand-alone<br />

5340-KIT/A 407679174<br />

(within 50 ft)<br />

Wireless Keyboard for<br />

5340-SKT/A 407743525<br />

Wallboard 5332-905/A 407245513<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

60


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

Right to Use Wallboard<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Software<br />

Mandatory Turnkey Install<br />

61518/A 407799782<br />

(Sftwr) 61519 407799808<br />

Incremental Training (1 Day) 61520 407799790<br />

Incremental Training (2 Days)<br />

Sftwr RTU from 5 up to<br />

61521 407799816<br />

12 queues<br />

Sftwr RTU from 5 up to<br />

61534/A 407885714<br />

30 queues<br />

Sftwr RTU from 13 up to<br />

61535/A 407885648<br />

30 queues<br />

CTI Applications<br />

Group Phoneware<br />

61536A 407885706<br />

5 Seats 6156-205<br />

10 Seats 6156-210<br />

25 Seats 6156-225<br />

50 Seats<br />

Phonetastic<br />

6156-250<br />

5 User Right-to-Use 6156-305<br />

10 User Right-to-Use 6156-310<br />

25 User Right-to-Use 6156-325<br />

50 User Right-to-Use 6156-350<br />

100 User Right-to-Use 6156-400<br />

<strong>System</strong> Adjuncts and Adapters<br />

Channel service units (CSUs)<br />

T1 CSU (3150 CSU) 21581 107087546<br />

T1 ESF CSU Stand-alone 107063828 21581-00001<br />

115VAC in line Transformer 406942284<br />

Converter Cable<br />

RJ48M to RJ48M Unshielded<br />

107083711 3100-F1-560<br />

Twisted Pair Cable (T1) 406941559 3110-F1-500<br />

3160-DSU 2151-DP2 107115784 3160-A1-DSU<br />

3164-DSU<br />

Inactive<br />

2151-DP4 107115792 3164-A1-DSU-CSU<br />

Auxiliary Power Unit 9024 406467142 9024<br />

T1 ESF CSU Stand-alone 107063828 21581-00001<br />

115VAC in line Transformer 406942284<br />

Converter Cable<br />

RJ48M to RJ48M Unshielded<br />

107063711 3100-F1-560<br />

Twisted Pair Cable (T1)<br />

Optional Equipment:<br />

Unshielded TW Pair Cable (T1)<br />

406941559 3110-F1-500<br />

Canada<br />

Straight-Thru Cable PC Serial<br />

107063703 3100-F1-510<br />

Port<br />

Straight-Thru Cable<br />

406941542 3100-F1-550<br />

Terminal/Printer 406941534 3100-F1-540<br />

Modular DC Voltage Adapter 406941492 3100-F1-250<br />

Wall Mount Kit<br />

Cables for Mounting<br />

406941674 3100-F1-400<br />

25’ D4BU-29 Cord 106472921 ASSY-4400-F1-533<br />

2’ D4BU-29 Cord 106472905 ASSY-4400-F1-530<br />

Dial Back Modem FLD 106842271 ASSY-3400-F2-201<br />

Dial Back Modem FAC 106842289 ASSY-3400-G2-201<br />

Dial Back Modem NFLD 106842305 ASSY-4000-F2-201<br />

Dial Back Modem NFAC 106842297 ASSY-4000-G2-201<br />

Prism MUX Field<br />

Optional Equipment:<br />

106842313 ASSY-3400-F2-200<br />

Peripheral Interface 62515 105179303 KIT PRTS-D181558<br />

Async. Data Unit, Receptacle 2169-004 103963971 Z3A2<br />

RS232 Connector/Cord 105388474 CORD M8AJ-87<br />

Async, Data Unit, Plug 2169-001 103963971 Z3A2<br />

RS232 Connector/Cord 105388466 CORD M8AK-87<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

61


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Aux Power (2 required) 21691<br />

Transformer (2012-D) 102599354 TRNSF-2012D-49<br />

Adapter (248B) 102802113 ADPTR-248B-50<br />

Cord 102937620 CORD-D6AP-87<br />

Adapter (400B)<br />

Electrostatic discharge/<br />

(ESD) suppression kits<br />

104152558 ADPTR-400B2<br />

D-181574 105179329 D181574<br />

D-181589 105201891 D181589<br />

D-181590 105201909 D181590<br />

D-181591 105201917 D181591<br />

D-181593 105201933 D181593<br />

EMI filter<br />

In-Range Out-of-Building<br />

-146E (IROB) unit<br />

103965208 Z200A<br />

Analog multiline 9 8310-013 407568161 343B<br />

IROB unit-MLX9 Fuse block 505A for IROB<br />

8310-013 407568161 505A ASSY 0A WD<br />

(8 fuse blocks per box) 406610337<br />

2 IROBs 8310-020<br />

4 IROBs 8310-021<br />

6 IROBs 8310-022<br />

8 IROBs 8310-023<br />

Off-Premises Range Unit<br />

Digital Magic on Hold<br />

2302-OPT 107531337 122A-215<br />

®<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Basic Prerecorded<br />

Package 3128-020<br />

Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1DIGITAL<br />

Cassette<br />

Personalized Recording<br />

407166941 DMOH-02<br />

GENERIC<br />

Package 3128-030<br />

Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1 DIGITAL<br />

Cassette<br />

Custom Production<br />

406876664 DMOH-01<br />

PERSONALIZE<br />

Package (Std. Tape program) 3128-040<br />

Digital Deck 407464684 DMOH1 DIGITAL<br />

Cassette<br />

Stand-alone Single<br />

Custom Production<br />

406876680 DMOH-05 SIN<br />

F/CUST<br />

Package<br />

Stand-alone Package of 3<br />

31284 405135344 INDIV<br />

Custom Productions<br />

Stand-alone Package of 4<br />

31283 406876649 DMOH-03<br />

Custom Productions<br />

Duplicate of a Custom<br />

Production (for<br />

31280 405126632 M4 FOUR<br />

Second Location) 31289 405127945 D-IP/EM DUB IND<br />

MSTR<br />

Re-License of Music 31288 405127879 D24 24 DUB<br />

Digital Announcer Unit<br />

(one minute)<br />

3119-001<br />

Announcer 407344365<br />

Recorder 406659342 RCDR-DMOH2<br />

Cassette 406769455 CSTT-DMOH5<br />

Digital Announcer Unit<br />

(three minute)<br />

3119-003<br />

Announcer 407344357<br />

Recorder 406659342<br />

Cassette<br />

Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />

(1-minute recording per<br />

406659359<br />

channel) 3119-141 407716638<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

62


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

Four Additional Channels<br />

(1-minute recording per<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

channel)<br />

Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />

(1-minute recording per<br />

channel, remote<br />

3119-041<br />

recording capability)<br />

Eight Channel <strong>System</strong><br />

(1-minute recording per<br />

channel, remote<br />

3271-141 407038512 ADP02/A<br />

recording capability)<br />

Four Channel <strong>System</strong><br />

(2-minutes recording per<br />

channel, remote<br />

3271-241 407079003<br />

recording capability)<br />

Package of 12 Headset<br />

3271-142 407556232<br />

Prong Adapters<br />

Package of 12 Headset<br />

Modular Adapters (for<br />

3122-012<br />

MLX sets)<br />

Package of 12 Supra Noise<br />

3122-024<br />

Canceling Headpieces 3122-155<br />

Modem 2224G<br />

(limited availability)<br />

2224-CEO 105659965 2224C-L1 D/2<br />

Music Coupler<br />

PagePac Plus<br />

61398 406143925 ASSY-K23395 L3<br />

PagePac Plus Controller<br />

PagePac Plus Controller<br />

5323-100 406914598 UNIT-22051-000<br />

with Power 5323-105<br />

PagePac Plus 16 Zone<br />

D20 PagePac Plus<br />

5335-100 406914614 UNIT-22051-016<br />

Amplicenter<br />

D100 PagePac Plus<br />

5328-020 406915280 UNIT-22051-020<br />

Amplicenter<br />

D300 PagePac Plus<br />

5328-100 406915264 UNIT-22051-100<br />

Amplicenter 5328-300 406915330 UNIT-22051-300<br />

Universal 70V Door Spkr.<br />

SMDR Printers<br />

AP Printer<br />

5330-230 406914630 UNIT-22050-070<br />

(80-column) 4200-570 406637314 ML182<br />

571Parallel Printer 406516989 571-MCII 6FT<br />

(132-column) 4200-571 406712067 ML321P<br />

AP CAT Printer (serial) 4200-572 406716464 571-MCII 6FT<br />

Uninterruptible Power Supply 406716464 ML182-R2<br />

500 VA (15 min)(inactive) 105610141 515005C111<br />

Reserve (1 hr) (inactive) 105610174 0053150<br />

PagePal Interface<br />

Audio Visual Paging<br />

5335-700 407120716<br />

215C Message Center 5332-100<br />

4120C Message Center 5332-150<br />

Connector Kit 5332-900<br />

Wireless Keyboard 5332-905<br />

Alpha Net Plus Software 5332-910<br />

R2485 Repeater<br />

External Alerts<br />

5332-915<br />

Loud external ringer 31016 407105691 RINGER-L1AMP-49<br />

External ringer<br />

Supplemental Alerts<br />

31019<br />

Universal Alert 5580-001<br />

Alert Horn 5580-021 406207217 THET4-1<br />

Alert Strobe 5580-041 403319197 AT-WHL LK<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

63


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Inactive <strong>System</strong> Adjuncts and Adapters<br />

ExpressRoute 1000 Data Unit 107651796<br />

V.35 Cable 107651275<br />

7500B data module 105657639 7500B-L1<br />

Stand-alone power supply 405509852 WP90110L7<br />

Multiple mounting 105441166 Z77A<br />

7500A upgrade kit 105688501 D182208<br />

Ring generator unit 105213201 129B RING GEN<br />

Universal Paging<br />

Access Module (UPAM)<br />

405891698 KIT-UPAM<br />

TAM-B 405899972 D181900<br />

PRS-48 405742735 D181900<br />

WMT-1A<br />

Zonemate 9<br />

405891680 D181900<br />

Dialer unit 404057911 DIAL UNlT-9ZONE<br />

Control unit<br />

Zonemate 39<br />

405024134 CNTL 22050-020<br />

Dialer unit 404057929 39 ZONE SELECT<br />

Control unit 405024134 CNTL-22050-020C<br />

E1CM ringer and parts 61211 D-181233<br />

290A adapter 102992252 290A ADPTR<br />

Ringer 407105683 E1CM-49<br />

Mounting plate 102988466 1049A<br />

Cord 103938494 CORD-D4CH-87-25<br />

Network Interface Alert Bell 61211 407105683 RINGER-E1CM-49<br />

Telephone Adjuncts and Adapters<br />

General Purpose Adapter<br />

(GPA) (analog) 2301-GPA 103977997 Z1C<br />

Multi-Function Module<br />

(digital)<br />

Supplemental Alert Adapter<br />

3156-MFM 105746474 540A1<br />

(SAA) 2301-SSA 105031199 ADPTR-856A<br />

MLX-10/ MLX-10D cover<br />

MLX Telephone Power<br />

406648469<br />

Supply 2404-010<br />

MSP1 Power Supply 406743419 WP92464L1<br />

7' Cord<br />

Analog Multiline Telephone<br />

103786778<br />

Power 62510 105105514 D181522<br />

48V Power Supply 405331711 KS22911L2<br />

Modular Power Cord 102937620 D6AP-87<br />

Z400F Adapter<br />

Single-line telephones<br />

103942850 Z400F<br />

S202A Speakerphone 3152-008<br />

Black 105721088 TEL-S202A-003<br />

Misty cream 105721096 TEL-S202A-215<br />

Message-Waiting Indicator<br />

Polycom Speakerphones<br />

3152-004 103966396 Z34A<br />

Standard 3127-STD 407428697<br />

Sound Station EX 3127-EXP 407428739<br />

Lapel Microphone<br />

Lucent Analog Premier EX<br />

3127-MIC 407428432<br />

Without Microphone 3127-APE 407795251<br />

With Microphone 3127-APX 407795269<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

64


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Inactive Single-line Telephones<br />

Program, Pause, and<br />

Auto Dial button conceal<br />

kit for 8100-series Kit-D 182363<br />

telephones 106248370 Analog<br />

Speakerphone 3131-004 103786786 D8W-87 7FT<br />

Black 106270325 MOD-CS201A-003<br />

Misty cream 106270333 MOD-CS201A-215<br />

4A Speakerphone 4A<br />

Power unit 102139938 PWR UNIT-85B1<br />

Block connector<br />

Adapter for single-line<br />

102434925 BLK CON-82B-49<br />

telephone<br />

Adapter for multiline<br />

102813888 ADPTR-223C<br />

telephone 102949013 ADPTR-223D IP<br />

Transmitter (black) 103971891 TRMR-680AF-03<br />

Transmitter (ivory)<br />

Loudspeakers<br />

103971909 TRMR-680AF-50<br />

Black 103873873 LSPK-108AA-03<br />

Ivory 103873881 LSPK-108AA-50<br />

Green 103873899 LSPK-108AA-51<br />

Beige 103873907 LSPK-108AA-60<br />

White 103873964 LSPK-108AA-58<br />

S201 Speakerphone 103786786 D8W-87 7FT<br />

Black 106192651 MOD-S201AP-003<br />

Misty cream<br />

CS201 Conference<br />

S203A Speakerphone<br />

106192693 MOD-S201AP-215<br />

Black 106058340 MOD-S203A-003<br />

Misty cream 106508365 MOD-S203A-215<br />

Hands-Free Unit (HFU)<br />

Headsets and Adapters<br />

103814356 MOD-S102A<br />

StarSet ® Headset<br />

3122-030/A 406445627 KS23822L3<br />

Mirage ® Headset<br />

3122-050 406445783 KS23822L4<br />

Supra ® Monaural Headset<br />

3122-040 406445791<br />

Supra NC ® Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

Monaural Headset<br />

w/ Noise Canceling<br />

3122-055 406445809<br />

Supra Binaural Headset<br />

Supra NC Binaural Headset<br />

3122-045 406976076<br />

w/ Noise Canceling 3122-060 406445817<br />

Modular Amplifier 3122-020/A 406741900 KS23822L2<br />

Plug Prong Amplifier 3122-010 406445601 KS23822L1<br />

Inactive Headsets and Adapters<br />

Headset Adapter 105752042 ADPTR-502C-003<br />

500A Headset Adapter 106690043 Adapter EL-500A-<br />

265<br />

405331711 Pwr Sup-KS2291<br />

1L2<br />

102479904 Cord-D4BU-29 Std<br />

7FT<br />

104152558 Adapter-40082<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

65


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

MLX Telephones—Miscellaneous Add-Ons/Replacement Parts<br />

Handsets and Cords<br />

Handset Hook (black) 845544998<br />

Handset Hook (white) 845545003<br />

Handset (black) 106050065 K2S1-003<br />

Handset (white) 106053408 K2S1-264<br />

Handset, amplified hearing 31052<br />

Black 105581896 K6S2-003<br />

White 106248248 K6S2-264<br />

Misty cream5 105581904 K6S2-215<br />

Noise Canceling Handset 31056<br />

Black 406712463 KS23843L7<br />

White 406712471 KS23843L8<br />

Misty cream5 406712489 KS23843L9<br />

High-Noise Canceling Handset 31057<br />

Black 406712497 KS23843L10<br />

White 406712505 KS23843L11<br />

Misty cream5 406712513 KS23843L12<br />

Amplified Speech Handset 31054<br />

Black 406712406 KS23843L1<br />

White 406712414 KS23843L2<br />

Misty cream5 406712422 KS23843L3<br />

Push-to-Talk Handset 31055<br />

Black 406712430 KS23843L4<br />

White 406712448 KS23843L5<br />

Misty cream 10 406712455 KS23843L6<br />

Push-to-Listen Handset 31053<br />

Black 406382344 K8S2-003<br />

White 406382369 K8S2-264<br />

Misty cream10 406382351 K8S2-215<br />

Handset cord, 9’ (2.74 m), black 105635429 H4DU-003 9 FT<br />

Handset cord, 9’ (2.74 m), white 105701809 H4DU-264 9’BULK<br />

Handset cord, 12’ (3.66 m), black 102401445 H4DU-3 12FT IP<br />

Handset cord, 12’ (3.66 m), white 102402609 H4DU-26412’IP<br />

Handset cord, 25’ (7.62 m), black 105523866 H4DU-3 25’<br />

DSS line cord, 2’ (61 cm)<br />

Desk Stands and User Trays<br />

106187545 CORD D8AC-87<br />

Stand (large, black) 846320851 STAND-LARGE BL<br />

Stand (large, white) 846320844 STAND-LARGE<br />

WH<br />

Stand (small, black) 846320810 STAND-SMALL BL<br />

Stand (small, white) 846320802 STAND-SMALL<br />

WH<br />

User tray (black) 846320240 USER TRAY DWR<br />

B<br />

User tray (white) 846320232 USER TRAY DWR<br />

W<br />

Designation (Button Assignment) Cards and Covers<br />

Card10 —MLX-10, MLX-10D, MLX-10DP,<br />

MLX-16DP, MLX-20L, MLX-28D 847355559<br />

Card set-DSS11 106448756 KIT-D182464<br />

Card covers-DSS (black) 11 106448731 KIT-D182462 PRT<br />

Card covers-DSS (white) 11 106448749 KIT-D182463 PRT<br />

Card set-QCC 12 Card covers<br />

106561673 KIT-D182562 PRT<br />

13 —MLX-10,<br />

MLX-10D, MLX-20L<br />

Card covers<br />

106448681 KIT-D182457 PRT<br />

13 —MLX-16DP 107499162 KIT-D182846 PRT<br />

Card covers 13 Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

—MLX-28D 106448699 KIT-D182458 PRT<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

66


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component<br />

Desk Stands and Wall Mounts<br />

Adjustable desk stand,<br />

PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

10-button (inactive)<br />

Adjustable desk stand,<br />

103746855 11A<br />

34-button (inactive)<br />

Fixed desk stand, 5- &<br />

103746863 11C<br />

10-button (inactive)<br />

Desk stand/wall mount 14A,<br />

103746848 10A<br />

BIS-10<br />

Desk stand/wall mount 14B,<br />

103804290 14A-003<br />

BIS-22<br />

Desk stand/wall mount 14C,<br />

103964458 Z14B-003<br />

BIS-34<br />

Fixed desk stand and wall<br />

103979837 14C-003<br />

mount, 5-button (inactive) 103804290 14A<br />

Kit of parts 103995882 D-181230<br />

Wall mount, 10-button (inactive) 103747846 201A<br />

Kit of parts 103995882 D-181230<br />

Wall mount, 34-button (inactive) 103747853 203A<br />

Kit of parts<br />

Faceplates<br />

103995882 D-181230<br />

BIS-10 105203186 KIT PRTS-D-181582<br />

BIS-22 105336986 KIT PRTS-D-181786<br />

BIS-22D 105690762 KIT PRTS-D-182210<br />

BIS-34 and BIS-34D<br />

Button Label Sheets<br />

105203194 KIT PRTS-D-181583<br />

BIS-10 105336978 KIT PRTS-D-181785<br />

BIS-22<br />

BIS-22D<br />

105336960 KIT PRTS-D-181784<br />

105690770 KIT PRTS-D-182211<br />

BIS-34 and BIS-34D<br />

Display console (FM1)<br />

105336956 KIT PRTS-D-181783<br />

(includes one faceplate)<br />

Display console (FM2 & R3)<br />

105299754 KIT PRTS-D-181727<br />

(includes one faceplate) 105486252 KIT PRTS-D-182041<br />

Single-Line Telephones—Miscellaneous Add-Ons<br />

Ground-Start Button<br />

Wiring Kits<br />

Interconnect Wiring Kit<br />

31021 405792839 Key-KS23566L1<br />

110AB1-100JP12 104409396<br />

110A1 trough 104407960<br />

D-Rings 842139248<br />

D8W cords<br />

Parts list<br />

103786802<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

67


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

SYSTIMAX ®<br />

Ordering Codes (Continued)<br />

Component PEC/SAP Comcode App. Code<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> Wiring Kit 3103-MER 106393671<br />

110A1 trough (5)<br />

110AB1-100JP12<br />

104407960<br />

modular block (2)<br />

110AB1-100 FT punch<br />

104409960<br />

down block (1) 103823845<br />

D-Rings (6)<br />

Patch cords 12 cords,<br />

842139248<br />

4-pair, 5’ (1.5 m)<br />

D8W cords<br />

846619989<br />

24 cords, 14’ (4.3 m) 103786802<br />

Template 846613933<br />

Instruction sheet 846613941<br />

Parts List 846623924<br />

CAT 3 Standard 4-Pair Wire 2782-004<br />

CAT 3 Additional 4-Pair Run 2783-MU3<br />

CAT 5 Standard 4-Pair Wire 2782-CT5<br />

CAT 5 Additional 4-Pair Run 2782-MU5<br />

1 Customer Reference CD-ROM contains the Feature Reference, <strong>System</strong><br />

Programming, the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Guide, and the Network Reference. To<br />

order paper documents, use PEC 61512/A comcode 108370255.<br />

2 For systems that have a CKE4 processor.<br />

3 For R5/R6.0/R6.1 customers that have a multi-year maintenance contract.<br />

4 Default.<br />

5 Customer must sign an addendum, if sold.<br />

6 Consult Lucent Technologies for other area-specific information.<br />

7 Includes the following documentation: the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Manual, the<br />

Implementation and Service Manual, the Quick Reference Guide, Wallet Cards,<br />

Worksheets, and Implementation and Service Release Notes.<br />

8 Wallboard also referred to as “Readerboard.”<br />

9 Any multiline off-premises telephone must have an appropriate IROB protector<br />

both at the control unit location and at the off-premises location.<br />

10 10 sheets per package.<br />

11 Includes both top and bottom cards or covers.<br />

12 8 cards per kit (four sets).<br />

13 4 per package.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

68


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

NOTES<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

69


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Control Unit Modules<br />

Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />

Processor N/A N/A<br />

Power supply N/A N/A<br />

008 (ATL) N/A Analog multiline telephones<br />

008 MLX 1<br />

008 OPT 4<br />

N/A MLX extensions, including:<br />

■ MLX voice only<br />

■ MLX voice with Voice Announce<br />

to Busy<br />

■ MLX voice and Multi-Function<br />

Module (MFM) with T/R adjunct<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with<br />

Supplemental Station Adapter<br />

(SSA)<br />

■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />

■ Access device for data<br />

communications between a PC<br />

on the system and a high-speed<br />

Internet connection, connection<br />

to remote node LAN access<br />

server, or ISDN router2 ■ Computer Telephony Integration<br />

(CTI) link 3<br />

■ Videoconferencing systems<br />

using one jack and 2B data<br />

feature or 2 jacks with ISDN<br />

terminal adapters (depending on<br />

video system) 2<br />

N/A On-premises or off-premises<br />

single-line telephones<br />

1 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />

PCMCIA card.<br />

2 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />

3 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />

4 <strong>System</strong> software recognizes the OPT module as an 012 (T/R) module. Even<br />

though the OPT module has only 8 jacks, it uses 12 ports of capacity,<br />

thereby decreasing overall extension capacity by 4 extensions for every<br />

OPT module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

70


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Specifications<br />

Highlights: 68EC020 processor at 16 MHz, built-in 1200/2400-bps modem;<br />

built-in diagnostics; Hybrid/PBX, Key, or Behind Switch mode option; 1.5 MB<br />

RAM backup for 4 days; PCMCIA interface<br />

Ports: 3 RS-232-C ports—1 for debugging (plugged to prevent access), one<br />

for SMDR, and 1 for system administration<br />

Power input: 117 VAC<br />

Power output: +5 VDC (10 A), -5 VDC (2.50 A), -48 VDC (2.05 A)<br />

Capacity: 54 unit loads<br />

Capacity: 8 analog extension jacks<br />

Signaling: Analog multiline telephone protocol (40 kbps)<br />

Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />

analog IROB protectors) only<br />

Capacity: 8 digital extension jacks, each with 1 or 2 extensions (each<br />

extension is assigned an individual extension number)<br />

Signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one 16-kbps D channel)<br />

on a passive bus<br />

Power: 48 VDC phantom power to telephone, 48 VDC over a separate pair<br />

(7–8) to an operator console with a DSS<br />

Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />

MLX IROB protectors) service only<br />

Capacity: 8 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />

telephones with message waiting lights, 2 TTRs<br />

Ringing current: 75-Vrms, 20-Hz trapezoidal ringing superimposed on<br />

-48 VDC.<br />

REN: ≤ 1.0 per port<br />

Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modem, G3 fax, etc.)<br />

Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />

Loop resistance: Serves 2-wire loops to 1300 ohms, including extensions<br />

dB loss 1 : 3dB (factory setting), 0dB if all calls are to another OPT station.<br />

1 If one OPT station calls another OPT station, the loss values of the two OPT<br />

stations are added resulting in transmission levels that are too low.008 OPT<br />

modules (517D28) may be hardware configured to 0dB loss, however this<br />

should only be done if all or the majority of calls from the OPT stations are<br />

to other OPT stations. Setting the loss value to 0dB violates EIA-464-A-1<br />

specifications. Contact Tier 4 before modifying the loss value settings of 008<br />

OPT modules.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

71


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Control Unit Modules —Continued<br />

Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />

012 (T/R) N/A<br />

Single-line telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ;<br />

Messaging 2000; T/R adjuncts (such as<br />

answering or fax machine); analog data<br />

devices (such as modems)<br />

016 (T/R) 1<br />

N/A<br />

Single-line telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ;<br />

Messaging 2000; T/R adjuncts (such as<br />

answering or fax machine); analog data<br />

devices (such as modems)<br />

016 ETR2,3 N/A, TTR All ports, when programmed for ETR:<br />

MLS, ETR, Business Cordless 905, and<br />

TransTalk MDC and MDW telephones.<br />

Ports 11–16 when programmed for T/R:<br />

any T/R device such as single-line<br />

telephones; Intuity AUDIX ® ; Messaging<br />

2000; T/R adjuncts (such as answering or<br />

fax machine); analog data devices (such<br />

as modems)<br />

2,3<br />

016 MLX N/A MLX extensions, including:<br />

■ MLX voice only<br />

■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to<br />

Busy<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />

■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />

■ Access device for data<br />

communications between a PC on the<br />

system and a high-speed Internet<br />

connection, connection to remote<br />

node LAN access server, or ISDN<br />

router 1<br />

■ CTI link 4<br />

■ Videoconferencing systems using one<br />

jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />

with ISDN terminal adapters<br />

(depending on video system) 1<br />

1 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />

2 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />

PCMCIA card.<br />

3 For Release 7.0 and later systems only.<br />

4 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

72


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Specifications<br />

Capacity: 12 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />

telephones with message-waiting lights, 2 TTRs<br />

Ringing current: 105-Vrms, 30-Hz sinusoidal ringing superimposed on<br />

-48 VDC<br />

REN: ≤ 4.0 per port<br />

Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modems, G3 fax, etc.)<br />

Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />

Capacity: 16 T/R extensions on 2-way voice transmission path with support for<br />

telephones with message waiting lights, 4 TTRs<br />

Power: 40-VDC, 600-ohm battery source<br />

Ringing current: 105-Vrms, 30-Hz sinusoidal ringing superimposed on<br />

-48 VDC<br />

REN: ≥ 4.0 per port<br />

Disconnect signal: 900 ms (T/R short for analog modems, G3 fax, etc.)<br />

Switchhook flash detection: 300–1200 ms<br />

Capacity: 16 ETR station ports including 6 with T/R functionality and 4 TTRs.<br />

First 10 ports are ETR ports only; remaining 6 ports can support either T/R or<br />

ETR, but not both simultaneously<br />

Power: -48V for ETR and -49V normal for T/R<br />

Ringing current: 20/25 Hz balanced trapezoidal ring signal<br />

REN: 2 per port<br />

Off-hook detection: ≥18mA, ≤30ma, ≥20 msec for T/R; massage control for<br />

ETR<br />

On-hook detection: ≤14mA for T/R; massage control for ETR<br />

T/R switchhook flash detection: 300-1200 ms<br />

Capacity: 16 digital station ports<br />

Signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one 16-kbps D channel)<br />

on a passive bus<br />

Power: 48 VDC phantom power to telephone, 48 VDC over a separate pair<br />

(7–8) to an operator console with a DSS<br />

Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building (with<br />

MLX IROB protectors) service only<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

73


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />

Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />

100D 1 T1 or PRI T1 emulates 24 lines/trunks: loop-start,<br />

ground-start, tie, and Direct Inward Dial<br />

(DID; Hybrid/PBX mode only); can also<br />

supply subscriber services. In Release 4.0<br />

and later, T1 can also provide high-speed<br />

(56K) data communications and digitally<br />

emulated tie trunks for data<br />

communications. PRI supports subscriber<br />

services, allows high-speed digital data<br />

communications, and includes special<br />

features.<br />

400 LS 2 Loop-start<br />

and TTR<br />

1 PFT telephone<br />

400EM Tie trunk N/A<br />

400 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />

ground-start<br />

and TTR<br />

PFT telephone (button needed for<br />

ground-start PFT telephone)<br />

2<br />

408 (LS-ATL)<br />

Loop-start Analog multiline telephones; CMS; 1 PFT<br />

telephone<br />

408 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />

ground-start<br />

Analog multiline telephones; CMS; 1 PFT<br />

telephone with GS button<br />

1 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />

PCMCIA card.<br />

2 Although this <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® II modules is supported, the following are<br />

recommended for the system: 400 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS-MLX,<br />

800 GS/LS, and 800 GS/LS-ID.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

74


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Specifications<br />

Capacity: 24 channels (“virtual” lines/trunks) for voice and analog data or for<br />

digital data only (T1); or 23 B-channels for voice and data, and 1 channel used<br />

for signaling (PRI). Supports networking in Release 6.0 and later systems,<br />

Hybrid/PBX mode only.<br />

Mode: Multiplexes up to 24 channels into 1 facility and demultiplexes 1 facility<br />

into up to 24 channels.<br />

Speed: Up to 64 kbps<br />

Signaling: DS1 over 4-wire; Apparatus code earlier than 517M15, T1 uses<br />

robbed-bit or common-channel; apparatus code 517M15 and later, common<br />

channel is not an option for T1; PRI uses 23 B+D<br />

Capacity: 4 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />

communication, 4 TTRs<br />

Signaling: Loop-start<br />

Capacity: 4 analog tie trunks. Supports networking in Hybrid/PBX mode only<br />

Method of completion: Automatic start, immediate-start, wink-start, or<br />

delay-dial-start<br />

Signaling: E&M type 1S, type 1C, type 5<br />

Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/<br />

data communication, 4 TTRs<br />

Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start, optioned per port<br />

Capacity: 4 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />

communication, 8 extensions<br />

Extension signaling: Analog multiline telephone (40 kbps)<br />

Trunk signaling: Loop-start trunk, analog voice<br />

Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />

(with analog IROB protectors) only<br />

Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/<br />

data communication, 8 extensions<br />

Extension signaling: Analog multiline telephone (40 kbps)<br />

Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port); voice<br />

Loop range: 1000 feet (305 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />

(with analog IROB protectors) only<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

75


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />

Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />

408 GS/LS-<br />

MLX 1<br />

Loop-start or 1 PFT telephone<br />

ground-start<br />

408 GS/LS-ID-<br />

MLX 1,2<br />

Loop-start or<br />

ground-start<br />

1 PFT telephone; Caller ID 3<br />

1 For Release 2.0 and later systems only.<br />

2 For newer vintages of this module, firmware can be upgraded by using a<br />

PCMCIA card.<br />

3 For Release 7.0 and later systems only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

76


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Specifications<br />

Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks, 8 digital extension<br />

jacks for MLX extensions, including:<br />

■ MLX voice only<br />

■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to Busy<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />

■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />

■ Access device for data communications between a PC on the system and<br />

a high-speed Internet connection, connection to remote node LAN access<br />

server, or ISDN router1 ■ CTI link 2<br />

■ Videoconferencing systems using one jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />

with ISDN terminal adapters (depending on video system) 1<br />

Extension signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one<br />

16-kbps D-channel) on a passive bus<br />

Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port), analog<br />

voice<br />

Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />

(with MLX IROB protectors) only<br />

Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />

service from central office<br />

Capacity: 4 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks, 8 digital extension<br />

jacks for MLX extensions, including:<br />

■ MLX voice only<br />

■ MLX voice with Voice Announce to Busy<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with T/R adjunct<br />

■ MLX voice and MFM with SSA<br />

■ ISDN terminal adapter only<br />

■ Access device for data communications between a PC on the system and<br />

a high-speed Internet connection, connection to remote node LAN access<br />

server, or ISDN router 1<br />

■ CTI link 2<br />

■ Videoconferencing systems using one jack and 2B data feature or 2 jacks<br />

with ISDN terminal adapters (depending on video system) 1<br />

Extension signaling: BRI S/T protocol (two 64-kbps B channels, one<br />

16-kbps D channel) on a passive bus<br />

Trunk signaling: Loop-start or ground-start trunk (optional per port), analog<br />

voice<br />

Loop range: 3000 feet (914 m), in-building or in-range out-of-building<br />

(with MLX IROB protectors) only. If adjuncts (MFM or DSS) are used, auxiliary<br />

power must be in place<br />

Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />

service from central office<br />

1 For Release 4.0 and later systems only.<br />

2 For Release 5.0 and later systems only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

77


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Control Unit Modules—Continued<br />

Module Trunk Type Extension Type<br />

800 (LS) 1 Loop-start 2 PFT telephones<br />

800 DID Direct Inward<br />

Dialing<br />

and TTR<br />

800 GS/LS Loop-start or<br />

ground-start<br />

and TTR<br />

800 GS/LS-ID<br />

1,2 Loop-start or<br />

ground-start<br />

800 NI-BRI<br />

1 T1 NI-BRI<br />

interface<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND Mail<br />

007 MLM 3<br />

N/A<br />

2 PFT telephones with GS button (if using<br />

GS lines/trunks)<br />

2 PFT telephones; Caller ID (loop-start<br />

trunks only), if you subscribe to caller<br />

identification from the local telephone<br />

company, displays the number of incoming<br />

callers, and in R7.0 and later, the name of<br />

incoming callers as well, on MLX, MLS, and<br />

ETR display telephones<br />

Voice, data, video, and other services at 64<br />

kbps over standard ISDN lines/trunks<br />

none Supports: <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail Voice<br />

Messaging <strong>System</strong>; resides on this module<br />

and the internal T/R jacks can be used only<br />

for this application<br />

1 Although this <strong>MERLIN</strong> ® II module is supported, the following are<br />

recommended for the system: 400 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS, 408 GS/LS-MLX,<br />

800 GS/LS, and 800 GS/LS-ID.<br />

2 For Release 3.0 and later systems only.<br />

3 The system software recognizes the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Mail VMS module<br />

as a 012 (T/R) module. Even though the module has a maximum of 7 T/R<br />

internal ports, including the modem jack, it uses 12 ports of capacity in any<br />

of its three configurations.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

78


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Specifications<br />

Capacity: 8 loop-start lines/trunks for 2-way analog voice/data<br />

communications, 2 PFT telephones<br />

Signaling: Loop-start<br />

Capacity: 8 lines/trunks, 2 TTRs<br />

Transmission: Incoming calls only; 2-way (1-pair) fixed impedance to DID<br />

trunks; no outgoing calls<br />

Signaling: Loop-reverse battery; wink-start or immediate-start; accepts touchtone<br />

dialing<br />

Capacity: 8 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks<br />

Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start<br />

Capacity: 8 ground-start and/or loop-start lines/trunks; 2 TTRs<br />

Signaling: Loop-start or ground-start<br />

Protocol: Requires calling name (R7.0 and later) and/or number identification<br />

service from central office<br />

Capacity: 8 BRI facilities, each with 2 B-channels (“virtual” lines) for voice and<br />

data and 1 channel used for signaling<br />

Speed: Up to 64 kbps<br />

Signaling: ISDN Basic Rate 2B+D<br />

Capacity: 7 internal, system-defined T/R jacks; 2 TTRs; internal remote<br />

maintenance device; serial port for PC connection<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

79


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

\<br />

Adjunct Summary<br />

Equipment<br />

Type Specifications<br />

Alerts (AC) 1<br />

1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />

2 Latest 012 T/R Module (517H13).<br />

Lucent<br />

Technologies<br />

Products<br />

■ Any audible or visual alert that External<br />

operates on 20–30 Hz ringing Ringer—Loud<br />

signals.<br />

External Ringer<br />

■ Associated with a specific extension<br />

(supplemental alert) or works on a<br />

programmed trunk port (external<br />

alert).<br />

Alerts (DC) ■ Any audible or visual alert that Alert bell<br />

operates on 48-VDC signals. Alert horn<br />

■ Associated with a specific extension Alert strobe<br />

(supplemental alert) or works on a Alert chime<br />

programmed trunk port (external Alert deluxe horn<br />

alert).<br />

Note: 48-VDC is supplied via the white/<br />

green pair on an MFM in SSA mode or<br />

an analog SSA device<br />

Alert switch<br />

Answer/<br />

record<br />

machine 1<br />

■ Industry-standard machine.<br />

■ Low ringer equivalence (less than<br />

0.15 or (4.0 2 total REN for T/R port.)<br />

■ Ability to recognize 600-ms<br />

disconnect signal or other means of<br />

automatic disconnect (such as voice<br />

reset disconnect timer, fixed<br />

recording time).<br />

Model 1300<br />

Answering<br />

Machine<br />

Model 1531<br />

Remote Answering<br />

<strong>System</strong> telephone<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

80


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Interface<br />

LS or<br />

GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />

Line/<br />

Trunk<br />

Jack<br />

T/R<br />

Extension<br />

Jack 1<br />

MLX<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />

systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

81


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />

Equipment<br />

Type Specifications<br />

Cordless<br />

Telephone 1<br />

■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />

capability when connected via<br />

MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />

can be used on T/R port.<br />

■ Single line.<br />

Credit Card<br />

Verification<br />

Terminal 1<br />

1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />

■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />

capability when connected via<br />

MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />

can be used on T/R port.<br />

Dial Dictation1 ■ A device that requires contact<br />

closure can be used on LS/GS line<br />

jack only with UPAM.<br />

Direct Station<br />

Selector<br />

Lucent<br />

Technologies<br />

Products<br />

5650 Cordless<br />

Telephone<br />

5481 Cordless<br />

Telephone<br />

5552 Cordless<br />

Telephone<br />

N/A<br />

N/A<br />

■ A maximum of 2 DSSs can be Direct Station<br />

connected to an operator console. Selector (DSS)<br />

■ A 329A power unit must be added to<br />

an operator console having 2 DSSs.<br />

■ Connects to DSS jack on operator<br />

console.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

82


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Interface<br />

LS or<br />

GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />

Line/<br />

Trunk<br />

Jack<br />

T/R<br />

Extension<br />

Jack 1<br />

MLX<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />

systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

83


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />

Equipment<br />

Type Specifications<br />

Fax 1<br />

■ Must have touch-tone dialing<br />

capability when connected via<br />

MFM; rotary or touch-tone dialing<br />

can be used on T/R port.<br />

■ Industry-standard analog interface.<br />

Group Calling<br />

Delay<br />

Announcement 1<br />

Hands-Free<br />

Unit<br />

Headset for<br />

analog multiline<br />

telephone<br />

■ Industry-standard announcement<br />

device.<br />

■ Must provide automatic disconnect.<br />

■ Each calling group can have its own<br />

announcement (maximum 32). For<br />

Release 5.0 and later systems,<br />

each calling group can have 10<br />

primary announcement devices and<br />

1 secondary announcement device.<br />

■ A device can provide delay<br />

announcement for more than one<br />

group.<br />

■ For use with analog multiline<br />

telephones.<br />

■ Connects directly to telephone.<br />

1 Cannot be connected to a QCC.<br />

Lucent<br />

Technologies<br />

Products<br />

Model 1330<br />

Answering<br />

Machine<br />

Digital<br />

Announcement<br />

Device, Model<br />

18A for single<br />

unit; Model 15A<br />

for 4-port unit<br />

502A<br />

N/A Starset<br />

Mirage<br />

Supra<br />

Supra NC<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

84


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Interface<br />

LS or<br />

GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />

Line/<br />

Trunk<br />

Jack<br />

T/R<br />

Extension<br />

Jack 1<br />

✓<br />

(can also use<br />

008 OPT<br />

Extension<br />

Jack)<br />

MLX<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

✓<br />

✓ ✓<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />

systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

85


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />

Equipment<br />

Lucent<br />

Technologies<br />

Type Specification<br />

Products<br />

Headset for MLX (N/A) Starset<br />

telephone<br />

Mirage<br />

Supra<br />

Supra NC<br />

Headset<br />

■ Connects directly to telephone<br />

Adapter<br />

OTHER jack.<br />

Loudspeaker ■ External paging system using PagePac Plus<br />

Paging<br />

DTMF signaling connected to LS Amplicenters D20,<br />

or GS line jack.<br />

D100, D300<br />

■ CPE paging systems require an PagePac Plus<br />

interface unit; if CPE has 2-wire Controller<br />

input, the PagePal interface PagePac 6<br />

(5335-700) can be used. PagePac 6 Plus<br />

Message<br />

■ For single-line telephones. Z34A (PEC 3 1032)<br />

Waiting<br />

Indicator<br />

■ Connects directly to telephone.<br />

Modem ■ If the modem supports touchtone<br />

dialing via the associated<br />

data terminal, the keyboard can<br />

be used for dialing.<br />

■ If the modem does not support<br />

touch-tone dialing, an associated<br />

basic (single-line) telephone can<br />

be used for dialing.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

86


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Interface<br />

LS or<br />

GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />

Line/<br />

Trunk<br />

Jack<br />

✓<br />

T/R<br />

Extension<br />

Jack 1<br />

✓<br />

MLX<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />

systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

87


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Adjunct Summary—Continued<br />

Equipment<br />

Lucent<br />

Technologies<br />

Type Specifications<br />

Products<br />

Music-On-Hold 1 ■ Any FCC-registered 8-ohm music Magic On Hold<br />

source or recorded announcement<br />

device.<br />

Speakerphone ■ Connect directly to telephone. 203A<br />

■ For single-line telephones only. (PEC 3131-008)<br />

SMDR Printer ■ Connects to upper RS-232-C jack CAT Terminal<br />

on processor module.<br />

■ Must be located within 50 feet<br />

(15 m) of control unit or use ADU<br />

to extend distance.<br />

printers<br />

1 If you use equipment that rebroadcasts music or other copyrighted<br />

materials, you may be required to obtain a copyright license from and pay<br />

license fees to a third party, such as the American Society of Composers,<br />

Artists, and Producers (ASCAP) or Broadcast Music Incorporated (BMI). Or<br />

you can purchase a Magic on Hold system, which does not require you to<br />

obtain such a license, from Lucent Technologies or an authorized dealer.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

88


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Ordering Codes<br />

Interface<br />

LS or<br />

GS/LS T/R MFM GPA SAA<br />

Line/<br />

Trunk<br />

Jack<br />

✓ 2<br />

T/R<br />

Extension<br />

Jack 1<br />

✓<br />

MLX<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

Analog<br />

Extension<br />

Jack<br />

1 T/R jacks on an 012 (T/R) or 016 (T/R) module, or for Release 7.0 and later<br />

systems, jacks programmed for T/R operation on an 016 ETR module.<br />

2 Music Coupler required (PEC 61398).<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

89


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

Unit Load Calculation Rules<br />

Mode<br />

Hybrid/PBX,<br />

Modified Key,<br />

or<br />

Behind Switch<br />

Square Key<br />

or<br />

Behind Switch<br />

Square Key<br />

or<br />

Behind Switch<br />

Installed<br />

Modules Calculation<br />

6 1<br />

4 or fewer 2<br />

Not required.<br />

Not required.<br />

5 or more Use the “Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong><br />

Modules” table and instructions below to<br />

determine the estimated unit loads (ULs):<br />

■ If the ULs < 96 and the 391C1power<br />

supply is used, or the ULs < 72 and the<br />

391A3 power supply is used, then no<br />

calculation is required. If a 391A1 or<br />

391A2 power supply is used and the<br />

ULs > 48, then replace the power<br />

supply with a 391C1 power supply.<br />

■ If ULs > 96, reconfigure the system so<br />

that the total ULs does not exceed 96<br />

per carrier.<br />

For more information on unit load<br />

calculation, refer to Appendix F of <strong>System</strong><br />

Planning.<br />

1 The 391A1 and 391A2 power supply units generally support 6 modules<br />

of any type in Hybrid/PBX mode. However, if all 6 carrier slots meet the<br />

following conditions, the unit load total may exceed 48:<br />

Only MLX or analog multiline station modules are installed.<br />

More than 45 MLX-20L or 34-button analog multiline telephones are<br />

installed.<br />

The 391C1 and 391A3 power supplies have maximum ratings of 96 and 72<br />

unit loads respectively. Use these power supplies in place of a 391A1 or<br />

391A2 on systems where unit loads will exceed 48.<br />

2 The 391A1 power supply unit generally supports 4 modules of any type in<br />

Square Key mode.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

90


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

Power Supply Unit Load<br />

Requirements—Continued<br />

Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Modules<br />

Module Unit Load Module Unit Load<br />

008 12.0 408 GS/LS 12.0<br />

008 MLX 13.5 408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 12.0<br />

008 OPT 8.0 408 (LS) 12.0<br />

012 T/R 7.2 1 412 LS/ETR 18<br />

016 ETR 24 800 GS/LS 0.0<br />

016 T/R 12.8 800 GS/LS-ID 0.0<br />

100D (DS1) 0.0 800 (LS) 2<br />

0.0<br />

400 GS/LS/TTR 0.0 800 DID 8.0<br />

400 (LS) 2 0.0 800 NI-BRI 0.0<br />

400EM 8.0 Processor 0.0<br />

1 012 modules older than 517H13 may have a unit load up to 8.4.<br />

2 This is a <strong>MERLIN</strong> II loop-start-only module that can be used in the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

91


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

Power Supply Unit Load<br />

Requirements—Continued<br />

Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />

Telephones, and Adjuncts<br />

Network Access Trunks 1 Unit Load<br />

DID 1.0<br />

DS1 0.0<br />

GS/LS 0.0<br />

Tie<br />

Telephones<br />

1.4<br />

MLX-5, MLX-5D .9<br />

MLX-10, MLX-10D, and MLX-10DP 1.2<br />

MLX-16DP 1.5<br />

MLX-28D 1.7<br />

MLX-20L 1.6<br />

BIS-10 1.1<br />

BIS-22 and BIS-22D 1.3<br />

BIS-34 and BIS-34D 1.5<br />

MLC-5 0.0<br />

MDC 9000 0.0<br />

MDW 9000 0.0<br />

5-Button 0.8<br />

10-Button Basic 1.1<br />

10-Button HFAI 1.2<br />

34-Button Basic 1.1<br />

34-Button DLX 1.7<br />

34-Button BIS 1.4<br />

34-Button BIS/DIS 1.4<br />

ETR-6 0.8<br />

ETR-18 0.9<br />

ETR-18D 1.0<br />

ETR-34D 1.0<br />

MLS-6 0.7<br />

MLS-12 0.8<br />

MLS-12D 0.8<br />

MLS-18D 0.8<br />

MLS-34D 0.9<br />

Single-line telephone 0.7<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

92


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

Unit Load Rating of <strong>System</strong> Trunks,<br />

Telephones, and Adjuncts (Continued)<br />

Optional Equipment<br />

EICON board (CTI link interface in NetWare server) 0.0<br />

EICON DIVA 2.1or later board<br />

(CTI link interface in Windows NT platform) 0.0<br />

DSS console 2 0.9<br />

MFM3 1.3<br />

General Purpose Adapter 1.0<br />

Hands-Free Unit 1.0<br />

Headset adapter 1.0<br />

1 Unit loads are computed per trunk.<br />

2 Up to 2 DSS consoles (one DSS per MLX-28D or MLX-20L) can be powered<br />

from each control unit carrier. For example, a 3-carrier system can have 6<br />

system operator positions, each with one DSS powered from the control<br />

unit.<br />

3 The MFM is powered by an individual wall power unit located at the station.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

93


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode<br />

Mode<br />

Feature PBX Key<br />

Behind<br />

Switch<br />

Account Code Entry ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Authorization Codes ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Automatic Maintenance Busy ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Automatic Route Selection ✓<br />

Callback ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Calling Restrictions ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Centralized Voice Messaging ✓<br />

Centrex Transfer via Remote Call<br />

Forwarding<br />

✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coverage ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coverage VMS Off ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

CTI Link ✓<br />

Delayed Ring interval ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Direct Inward Dialing ✓<br />

Direct-Line Console options ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Direct Voice Mail ✓ ✓<br />

Directory ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension Status ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Forced Account Code Entry ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Group Calling 1 ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Headset Status ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Hold disconnect ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Inside dial tone ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Labeling ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Language selection ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Loudspeaker Paging ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Microphone Disable ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Night Service ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paging groups ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Park ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Pickup groups ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Pools (trunk groups) ✓<br />

Queued Call Console options ✓<br />

Recall interval ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

94


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Power Supply Unit Load Requirements<br />

<strong>System</strong> Feature Availability by Operating Mode—Continued<br />

Mode<br />

Feature PBX Key<br />

Behind<br />

Switch<br />

Reminder Cancel ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Remote Access ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Remote Call Forward ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Service Observing ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Station Message Detail Recording ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

<strong>System</strong> Numbering ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

<strong>System</strong> Restart ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Tandem Trunking ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Toll Type ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Touch-tone or rotary signaling ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Transfer options ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Uniform Dial Plan (UDP) ✓<br />

Voice Announce ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1 Non-local members may be assigned to calling groups in PBX mode only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

95


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

K Key mode<br />

P Hybrid/PBX mode<br />

B Behind Switch mode<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Feature<br />

Program<br />

Code<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

Account Code Entry *82 82 + code<br />

Alarm 1 *759<br />

Authorization Code *80 80 + code<br />

Auto Answer All *754<br />

Auto Answer Intercom *753<br />

Auto Dial<br />

Inside (ext., group, zone)<br />

Outside<br />

Automatic Line Selection<br />

Begin Sequence<br />

End Sequence<br />

Barge-ln 1,2<br />

Callback<br />

Automatic<br />

On<br />

Off<br />

Selective<br />

Cancel selective<br />

*22 + ext. no.<br />

*21 + tel. no.<br />

*14<br />

**14<br />

*58<br />

1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />

2 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />

*12<br />

**12<br />

*55 55<br />

*55 (single-line sets only)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

96


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline1 ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KP KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

97


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

\Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Program<br />

Feature<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

Code<br />

Caller ID (name/number toggle)<br />

Call Waiting<br />

*763 763<br />

On<br />

*11<br />

Off<br />

**11<br />

Call Waiting Pickup<br />

87<br />

Camp-On *57 57<br />

Conference<br />

Contrast<br />

Coverage<br />

Receiver buttons<br />

*772 772<br />

Group<br />

*42 + ext. no.<br />

Primary<br />

*40 + ext. no.<br />

Secondary<br />

Sender buttons<br />

*41 + ext. no.<br />

Cover inside & outside calls<br />

Cover outside calls only<br />

Coverage Off<br />

Coverage VMS Off<br />

*48<br />

**48<br />

*49<br />

*46<br />

Data Status *83 + ext. no.<br />

Direct Voice Mail<br />

Directory<br />

*56 56 + ext. no.<br />

<strong>System</strong> Directory<br />

(system programming)<br />

Extension Directory<br />

(display only)<br />

Personal Directory<br />

(display only)<br />

Do Not Disturb *47<br />

Drop *773 773<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

98


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline1 ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

B B B B B KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KP KP KP KP KP KP KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

B B B B B KPB KPB<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

99


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Feature<br />

Extension Status<br />

Direct-Line Console1 Status Off<br />

Status 1<br />

Status 2<br />

Telephones<br />

(rooms or agents)<br />

Status Off<br />

Status 1<br />

Status 2<br />

1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />

Program<br />

Code<br />

*760<br />

*761<br />

*762<br />

*45<br />

*44<br />

Feature button *20<br />

Forward and Follow Me<br />

Activate<br />

Forward (inside)<br />

Remote Call Forward<br />

Follow Me<br />

Cancel<br />

At originating extension<br />

At destination extension<br />

Cancel one<br />

Cancel all<br />

Group Calling<br />

In-Queue Alarm button<br />

Calling group supervisor<br />

Enter supervisor mode 1<br />

Exit supervisor mode 1<br />

Available (ES Status 2)<br />

Unavailable (ES Status Off)<br />

Calling group members<br />

Sign in (Available)<br />

Sign out (Unavailable)<br />

After-call work state (CMS only)<br />

*33<br />

*33<br />

*22 + calling<br />

group ext. no.<br />

*762<br />

*760<br />

*44<br />

*45<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

760 + DSS button<br />

761 + DSS button<br />

762 + DSS button<br />

*44<br />

45<br />

44<br />

33 + ext. no.<br />

33 + tot. no. + #<br />

34 + ext. no.<br />

33 + own ext. no.<br />

*34 + ext no.<br />

*34*<br />

32 + Hold<br />

32 + Drop<br />

762 + DSS button<br />

760 + DSS button<br />

44<br />

*44<br />

45<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

100


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />

KPB KPB KPB<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

101


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Program<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

Group Page Auto Dial button *22 + paging<br />

group ext. no.<br />

Headset Options<br />

Auto Answer<br />

Hang Up1 Mute (Headset/Handset)<br />

Status<br />

Hold<br />

Hold Release<br />

Intercom buttons<br />

Assign buttons 1<br />

ICOM (Default Ring)<br />

ICOM Originate Only<br />

Change button type<br />

Place Ring<br />

Place Voice<br />

Language<br />

English<br />

French<br />

Spanish<br />

*780<br />

*781<br />

*783<br />

*782<br />

*16<br />

*18<br />

**19<br />

*19<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

1 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />

2 Used to enter/exit Message operation mode. MLS and analog multiline<br />

telephones return to normal call handling after 15 seconds if the user has no<br />

messages. If an MLS or analog multiline telephone user has messages, the<br />

user must delete the messages or use the feature code or programmed<br />

button to exit Message operation. For ETR telephones, the feature code or<br />

programmed button must be used to exit Message operation mode<br />

regardless of whether the user has messages.<br />

3 Display telephones only. Programming and feature codes are used with<br />

analog multiline telephones only.<br />

771<br />

**<br />

790<br />

791<br />

792<br />

Last Number Dial *84 84<br />

Messaging<br />

Leave Message<br />

After calling<br />

Without calling<br />

Cancel message left<br />

Message LED off (for non-display<br />

telephones<br />

Message operation mode (for<br />

ETR, MLS and analog multiline<br />

display telephones) 2<br />

Posted Message<br />

Send/Remove Message 3<br />

*25<br />

*54<br />

*54<br />

*751<br />

*38<br />

25<br />

53 + ext. no.<br />

*53 + ext. no.<br />

54<br />

54<br />

38 + ext. no.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

102


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />

ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

B<br />

B<br />

B<br />

B<br />

K B K B K B<br />

B<br />

B B<br />

K B<br />

K B<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

B<br />

B<br />

B<br />

B<br />

KPB<br />

B<br />

KPB<br />

B<br />

K B K B K B K B<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

103


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Program<br />

Feature<br />

Feature<br />

Messaging (continued)<br />

Receiving messages<br />

Code<br />

Code<br />

Delete Message 1<br />

Next Message1 Return Call1 Scroll1 *26<br />

26<br />

*28<br />

*27<br />

*29<br />

28<br />

27<br />

29<br />

Night Service2 Notify<br />

*39 39<br />

Send<br />

*757 + ext. no.<br />

Receive<br />

*758 + ext. no.<br />

Park *86<br />

Park Zone Auto Dial2 *22 + Park Zone<br />

Personal Speed Dial # + (01-24) +<br />

*21 + tel no. + ##<br />

01-24<br />

Personalized Ringing<br />

Pickup<br />

*32 + ring (1–8)<br />

General use<br />

*9<br />

Specific extension<br />

*9 + ext. no.<br />

9 + ext. no.<br />

Specific line<br />

*9 + line no.<br />

9 + line no.<br />

Group<br />

*88<br />

88<br />

Position Busy2 Privacy<br />

*750<br />

On<br />

*31 31<br />

Off<br />

*31<br />

Recall *775 775<br />

1 Display telephones only. Programming and feature codes are used with<br />

analog multiline telephones only.<br />

2 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

104


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

ETR MLS<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

P<br />

KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

105


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Program<br />

Code<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

Feature<br />

Reminder Service<br />

Set 1<br />

*81 81 + time<br />

Operator Set2 81 + ext. no. + time 1<br />

Cancel **81 *81<br />

Operator Cancel 2 *81 + ext. no. 2<br />

Missed 2 *752<br />

Ringing/Idle Line<br />

Preference<br />

On<br />

Off<br />

Ringing Options<br />

Individual lines<br />

Immediate ring<br />

Delay ring<br />

No ring<br />

All lines<br />

Immediate Ring<br />

Delay Ring<br />

No Ring<br />

Abbreviated Ring<br />

On<br />

Off<br />

Send Ring (Shared SA)<br />

On<br />

Off<br />

*343<br />

*344<br />

*37<br />

*36<br />

*35<br />

*347<br />

*346<br />

*345<br />

*341<br />

*342<br />

*15<br />

**15<br />

1 English only: time is 12-hour (0100–1259 + 2(A) or 7(P). French and<br />

Spanish: time is 24-hour (0000–2359).<br />

2 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

106


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5, Analog<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />

ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

P<br />

KPB<br />

P<br />

KPB<br />

P P<br />

KPB<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

P<br />

KPB<br />

P<br />

KPB<br />

P<br />

KPB<br />

P<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

107


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features—Continued<br />

Program<br />

Feature<br />

Feature<br />

Code<br />

Code<br />

Saved Number Dial *85<br />

Send/Remove Message1 *38 38 + ext. no.<br />

Service Observing 1,2<br />

*59 + ext. no.<br />

Signaling (manual) *23 + ext. no.<br />

<strong>System</strong> Access buttons 3<br />

Assign buttons<br />

SA (Default Ring)<br />

SA Originate Only<br />

Shared SA<br />

Change type<br />

(SA or Shared SA)<br />

Ring<br />

Voice<br />

*16<br />

*18<br />

*17 + primary ext. no.<br />

**19<br />

*19<br />

<strong>System</strong> Speed Dial *24 + code<br />

(600-729)<br />

600-729<br />

Transfer *774 774<br />

Voice Announce<br />

On<br />

Off<br />

VA on Idle Only<br />

(MLX telephones only)<br />

*10<br />

**10<br />

*130<br />

1 <strong>System</strong> operator feature only.<br />

2 MLX telephones only. Cannot be a QCC or CTI link.<br />

3 Centralized telephone programming only.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

108


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Telephone and Operator Console Features<br />

Analog<br />

MLX-5D, MLX-16DP,<br />

Single- MLX-5,<br />

MLX-10D MLX-28D MLX-20L Line MLX-10 Multiline 1<br />

ETR MLS<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

P P P<br />

P P P P<br />

1 Includes the MDW 9000, MDC 9000, and MLC-5 telephones.<br />

P<br />

P<br />

P<br />

KPB KPB KPB K P KPB KPB KPB KPB<br />

B B B B B KPB KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

KPB<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

109


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Document Number Title<br />

<strong>System</strong> Documents<br />

555-670-100 Customer Documentation Package1 555-670-110 Feature Reference<br />

555-670-111 <strong>System</strong> Programming<br />

555-670-112 <strong>System</strong> Planning<br />

555-670-113 <strong>System</strong> Planning Forms<br />

555-670-116 Pocket Reference<br />

555-670-119 <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick Reference<br />

555-661-150 Network Reference<br />

555-670-800 Customer Reference CD-ROM 2<br />

Telephone User Support<br />

555-660-120 Analog Multiline Telephones User’s Guide<br />

555-660-122 MLX Display Telephones User’s Guide<br />

555-660-124 MLX-5 and MLX-10 Nondisplay Telephones<br />

User’s Guide<br />

555-660-126 Single-Line Telephones User’s Guide<br />

555-660-138 MDC and MDW Telephones User’s Guide<br />

555-630-150 MLX-5D, MLX-10D and MLX-10DP<br />

Display Telephone Tray Cards (5 cards)<br />

555-630-151 MLX-5 and MLX-10 Nondisplay Telephone<br />

Tray Cards (6 cards)<br />

555-630-152 MLX-28D and MLX-20L Telephone Tray Cards<br />

(5 cards)<br />

555-630-155 MLX-16DP Display Telephone Tray Cards (5 cards)<br />

555-670-122 MLS/ETR Tray Cards<br />

<strong>System</strong> Operator Support<br />

555-660-132 Analog Direct-Line Consoles Operator’s Guide<br />

555-660-134 MLX Direct-Line Consoles Operator’s Guide<br />

555-660-136 MLX Queued Call Console Operator’s Guide<br />

Miscellaneous User Support<br />

555-661-130 Calling Group Supervisor and Service Observer<br />

User Guide<br />

555-650-105 Data and Video Reference<br />

Documentation for Qualified Technicians<br />

555-670-140ADD Installation, SPM, Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Supplement<br />

Toll Fraud Security<br />

555-025-600 BCS Products Security Handbook<br />

Within the continental United States, these documents can be ordered from the<br />

Lucent Technologies Customer Information Center by calling 1-800-457-1235<br />

from within the continental United States, or 317-322-6791 from outside the<br />

United States.<br />

1 The <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND Customer Documentation Package consists of the<br />

paper versions of the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick Reference, the Feature<br />

Reference, and <strong>System</strong> Programming.<br />

2 The Customer Reference CD-ROM contains the <strong>System</strong> Manager’s Quick<br />

Reference, the Feature Reference, <strong>System</strong> Programming, and the Network<br />

Reference.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

110


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

0001 TIMEOUT COLD START:<br />

<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />

0002 POWER UP WARM START:<br />

<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />

0003 SOFTWARE COLD START:<br />

<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />

0004 SOFTWARE WARM START:<br />

<strong>System</strong> programming OK.<br />

0005 Reset - DIAGNOSTIC<br />

SWITCH:<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

No action required; however, if<br />

problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

the processor.<br />

No action required; however, if<br />

problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

the processor.<br />

If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

the processor.<br />

If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

the processor.<br />

0006 INCOMPLETE COLD START: If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

<strong>System</strong> cold-started while the processor.<br />

restart in progress.<br />

0007 SANITY TIMEOUT RESET:<br />

Faulty software, module, carrier,<br />

or processor sanity timer.<br />

0008 MAX RESET COUNT<br />

EXCEEDED:<br />

<strong>System</strong> cold-started because of<br />

too many warm starts.<br />

Check module and/or<br />

processor.<br />

If problem persists, troubleshoot<br />

the processor.<br />

0009 FRIGID START:<br />

If processor was removed while<br />

<strong>System</strong> restarted and initialized to in use, system may perform<br />

defaults; also logged after <strong>System</strong> frigid start because of loss of<br />

Erase.<br />

system programming. Restore<br />

system as described in <strong>System</strong><br />

Programming and Maintenance<br />

(SPM).<br />

000A POWER UP COLD START: If problem persists, check<br />

RAM failure in processor; system processor.<br />

programming OK.<br />

000B CARD<br />

INSERTED/REMOVED:<br />

None.<br />

000C SLOT STREAM CNT<br />

EXCEEDED:<br />

Slot generated excessive<br />

interrupts.<br />

000D FMWR NOT IN STANDBY<br />

MODE:<br />

Module firmware not in standby<br />

mode.<br />

If problem persists, check<br />

module.<br />

If problem persists, check<br />

module.<br />

000E COMMAND BUFFER FULL: If problem persists, check<br />

processor and module.<br />

000F TASK RUNNING TOO LONG None; if problem persists, check<br />

processor.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

111


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

0010 INVALID SLOT<br />

INTERRUPT:<br />

Cannot determine module<br />

responsible for interrupt.<br />

0011 STACK OVERFLOW:<br />

Processor problem.<br />

0012 INVALID RESET FLAG:<br />

Processor problem.<br />

0013 DUART STREAMING INT:<br />

Processor problem.<br />

0014 PROCESSOR ERR<br />

INTERRUPT:<br />

Processor problem.<br />

0015 MODULE MISMATCH:<br />

Module inserted into wrong slot.<br />

0016 POWER UP COLD START:<br />

Module dual port ram failure;<br />

system programming OK.<br />

Check modules and replace if<br />

necessary; if problem persists,<br />

check processor.<br />

Check processor.<br />

Check processor.<br />

Check processor.<br />

Check processor.<br />

Change system<br />

programming for proper module<br />

or install proper module.<br />

If problem persists, check<br />

module for slot indicated.<br />

0017 REAL TIME CLOCK FAULT: If problem persists, replace<br />

Date and/or time incorrect or processor module.<br />

unreadable.<br />

0018 RTC COLD START:<br />

This error is not displayed.<br />

0019 RESET TIME & DATE:<br />

<strong>System</strong> cold-starts because realtime<br />

clock chip is not working<br />

correctly.<br />

If problem persists, replace<br />

processor module.<br />

0401 ABK CARD NOT INSERTED: Insert a translation card or an<br />

PCMCIA memory card for unformatted card.<br />

translation is not inserted.<br />

0402 ABK INCORRECT CARD<br />

TYPE:<br />

PCMCIA memory card for nontranslation<br />

is inserted.<br />

0403 ABK CARD WRITE-<br />

PROTECTED:<br />

Translation card has writeprotected<br />

switch on.<br />

0404 ABK EXTENSION BUSY:<br />

A station is in program,<br />

administration, or maintenance<br />

mode.<br />

Remove current card and insert<br />

a translation card or an<br />

unformatted card.<br />

Turn write-protection switch to<br />

off. If problem persists, try<br />

another card. If still not working,<br />

replace processor module.<br />

Wait until station changes<br />

mode.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

112


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

0405 ABK FAULTY CARD:<br />

Unknown cause of a bad card.<br />

0801<br />

and<br />

1C07<br />

and<br />

5801<br />

CTI LINK DELETED:<br />

A board renumber or slot restore<br />

moved the CTI link to an<br />

unacceptable port and the system<br />

has removed the link.<br />

0C01 NO I-VMS PORT IN SERV: None<br />

vms machine may be down.<br />

0C02 DID INTERDIGIT<br />

TIMEOUT:<br />

Noisy line or central office<br />

problem.<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Reset card and retry. If problem<br />

persists, try another card. If still<br />

not working, replace processor<br />

module.<br />

Check that the following are<br />

true:<br />

■ The system is in Hybrid/<br />

PBX mode.<br />

■ The link is on an 008 MLX<br />

or 408 MLX board.<br />

■ The MLX board firmware<br />

vintage is not 29.<br />

■ The extension is not an<br />

operator position.<br />

■ An MLX telephone is not<br />

connected to that port.<br />

■ Board renumber has not<br />

moved the MLX extension<br />

to the system programming<br />

port.<br />

None; if problem persists, check<br />

DID line and inform Central<br />

Office, if necessary.<br />

0C03 ALL TTRs UNAVAILABLE: Check count and first and last<br />

<strong>System</strong> needed to use a TTR, but occurrences to determine if<br />

one was not available for any and error occurs too frequently. If so,<br />

all reasons including: in use, not check to see if you can add<br />

physically present, out of service. TTRs to the system.<br />

If prompt out of queue is active,<br />

shorten the delay<br />

announcement message length.<br />

If prompt out of queue feature<br />

and secondary<br />

announcement(s) are active,<br />

increase the interval between<br />

the announcements.<br />

If you reprogram the delay<br />

announcement device, recheck<br />

it to verify that the problem no<br />

longer exists.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

113


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

0C04 MWL Fac Timeout: Check the error log for additional<br />

Two consecutive messages to error codes. If the error log also<br />

update Message Waiting lights contains errors indicating problems<br />

have been sent across the private with the 100D and/or 400EM<br />

network for the same tandem trunk module, troubleshoot the 100D and/<br />

and have not been acknowledged. or the 400EM module (see Chapter<br />

When this happens three times, 4 of Maintenance and<br />

the error becomes permanent. The Troubleshooting).<br />

alarm remains in the log until a If the 100D and/or the 400EM<br />

message is acknowledged or five module are functioning properly,<br />

days pass.<br />

troubleshoot the trunks using<br />

instructions in Chapter 5 of<br />

Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />

0C05 MWL Delivery Delay: Check the error log for additional<br />

A message to update the Message error codes. If the error log also<br />

Waiting lights has exceeded the contains errors indicating problems<br />

time period for delivery. A transient with the 100D and/or 400EM<br />

alarm occurs after one minute, and module, troubleshoot the 100D and/<br />

a permanent alarm occurs after 15 or the 400EM module using<br />

minutes. The alarm remains in the instructions in Chapter 4 of<br />

error log until a message is Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />

delivered or five days pass. If the 100D and/or the 400EM<br />

module are functioning properly,<br />

troubleshoot the trunks using<br />

instructions in Chapter 5 of<br />

Maintenance and Troubleshooting.<br />

Check that the system receiving the<br />

message had enough TTRs to<br />

handle the volume of calls. Check<br />

the error log on the sending system<br />

and then on the receiving system.<br />

More facilities or TTRs may be<br />

needed.<br />

1C01 POOL M-BUSY EXCEEDS<br />

50%:<br />

more than half the trunks in pool<br />

are busy.<br />

Check trunk.<br />

1C02 DPR TEST NOT COMPLETED: Slot did not complete initializing.<br />

1C03 FW UPGRADE ATTEMPT: No action required.<br />

1C04 FW UPGRADE COMPLETE No action required.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

114


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

1C05 INVALID FMW 29<br />

Replace 008 or 408 MLX module<br />

with one of another firmware<br />

DETECTED:<br />

vintage. Retire permanent alarm<br />

Incompatibility problem; specified<br />

manually.<br />

video endpoint or UDM is<br />

connected to an 008 or 408 MLX<br />

module with firmware of vintage<br />

0x29.<br />

1C06 BAD BOARDS IN SYSTEM:<br />

At least one incompatibility<br />

problem of type HER 0x1C05<br />

detected. Turns on red LED on<br />

processor.<br />

1C07 See error code 0801<br />

2C01 T1 ACCESS VIOLATION:<br />

T1 services (channels-voice/<br />

data) programmed incorrectly.<br />

Replace 008 or 408 MLX module<br />

with one of another firmware<br />

vintage. Retire permanent alarm<br />

manually.<br />

Check facility provisioning and readminister<br />

channels for voice or<br />

data. Ensure that T1 data facilities<br />

are accessed from data terminals<br />

only (such as UDMs or desktop<br />

video systems) and that T1 voice<br />

facilities are accessed from<br />

telephones only (such as MLX<br />

telephones).<br />

2C02 Bearer Capability Verify that the ARS or UDP routing<br />

tables route a data call to a DS1<br />

Incompatibility:<br />

facility. Check the DS1 Type<br />

A 64 kbps clear-channel data call<br />

administration item for the specified<br />

was routed to a facility that does<br />

facility. If the programmed value is<br />

not have sufficient bandwidth to<br />

T1, the caller must initiate a 56 kbps<br />

handle the call.<br />

call. Check the DS1 Suppression<br />

administration item for the specified<br />

facility. If the programmed value is<br />

AMI-ZCS, the caller must initiate a<br />

56 kbps call.<br />

3001 ALARM TABLE FULL:<br />

error logs are full; turns on<br />

processor led.<br />

Correct indicated errors, and then<br />

remove entries from the transient<br />

system error log. If problem<br />

persists, cold-start the system.<br />

SysProgram→<strong>System</strong>→<br />

Restart<br />

4401 USER REQUESTED SYS If error remains in transient log,<br />

repeat <strong>System</strong> Erase. If problem<br />

ERASE:<br />

persists, check processor.<br />

Logged after <strong>System</strong> Erase. If<br />

<strong>System</strong> Erase is successful, this<br />

error is removed immediately.<br />

4402 USER REQST<br />

None.<br />

UPGRD/INSTALL:<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

115


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

4C01 POOL EMPTY:<br />

<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />

a pool but no trunks were<br />

physically present in the pool—<br />

i.e., all of the boards were<br />

removed from the system.<br />

4C02 POOL BUSY:<br />

<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />

a pool. Trunks are physically<br />

present; however, none are idle<br />

and available for use—i.e., they<br />

may be in use or out of service.<br />

Replace boards.<br />

4C03 POOL BUSY &/OR OOS:<br />

<strong>System</strong> needed to use a trunk in<br />

a pool. Trunks are physically<br />

present; some may be busy but<br />

some are idle. However, the idle<br />

trunks are not in service.<br />

5801 See error code 0801<br />

Restore if out of service.<br />

5802 Board Renumber<br />

Board renumber took place.<br />

6C01 DS1 LOSS OF SIGNAL<br />

ALARM:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

If the system is functioning<br />

properly, simply remove the error<br />

from the Transient Error Log. If the<br />

system is not functioning properly,<br />

check the Transient Error Log to<br />

verify that a board renumber took<br />

place. Then compare the system’s<br />

previous configuration to the one<br />

after board renumbering to<br />

determine if the board renumber<br />

caused logical IDs to shift.<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists, contact<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C02 DS1 BLUE ALARM: Usually no action. Check T1<br />

All 1s being received; service on facility. If problem persists, contact<br />

link has been lost.<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C03 DS1 RED ALARM:<br />

Invalid framing information on<br />

incoming signal; service on link<br />

has been lost.<br />

6C04 DS1 YELLOW ALARM:<br />

Far end of network interface has<br />

lost frame synchronization;<br />

service on link has been lost.<br />

6C05 DS1 LOSS OF<br />

MULTIFRAME:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists, contact<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists, contact<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists, contact<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

116


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

6C06 DS1 REMOTE MULTIFRAME:<br />

Far end of network interface is<br />

experiencing loss of multiframe;<br />

service on link has been lost.<br />

6C07 DS1 MAJOR ALARM:<br />

Average bit error rate exceeds<br />

10E-3; service on link has been<br />

lost.<br />

6C08 DS1 MINOR ALARM:<br />

Average bit error rate exceeds<br />

10E-6.<br />

6C09 DS1 MISFRAME ALARM:<br />

Misframe count reached 18.<br />

6C0A DS1 SLIP ALARM:<br />

Slip count reached 88.<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Maintenance→Slot→<br />

Error Events→<br />

Current hr<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Maintenance→Slot→<br />

Error Events→<br />

Current hr<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Maintenance→Slot→<br />

Error Events→<br />

Current hr<br />

Usually no action. Check T1<br />

facility. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Maintenance→Slot→<br />

Error Events→<br />

Current hr<br />

6C0B HARDWARE INOPERATIVE: A Busy-Out/Restore or Reset/<br />

Hardware not operating properly. Restore may clear problem. If<br />

If this is the only 100D module or problem persists, contact NSAC<br />

800 NI-BRI module, or if this is the Tier III.<br />

designated clock module, its tdm<br />

bus clock generator was not<br />

activated.<br />

6C0C BRI LOSS OF SYNC:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

Usually none; check BRI facility.<br />

If problem persists, contact<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C0D BRI SLIPS > 88:<br />

Usually none; check BRI facility.<br />

Slip count > 88. Service on link is If problem persists, contact<br />

still operative.<br />

NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C0E BRI NET REQUESTED<br />

CCRCs:<br />

Outgoing signal to the network<br />

does not have valid framing<br />

information. Service on link is still<br />

operative.<br />

Usually none; link should return<br />

to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C0F BRI NET DEACTIVATE: Usually none; link should return<br />

Layer 1 of the link is down. Service to normal once test is<br />

on link has been lost.<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

117


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

6C10 BRI NET INV 2B+D LB ACT: Usually none; link should return<br />

Service on link has been lost. to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

6C11 BRI NET INV B1 LB ACT:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

6C12 BRI NET INV B2 LB ACT:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

6C13 BRI NET INV IL LB ACT:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

6C14 BRI NET INV QM LB ACT:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

Usually none; link should return<br />

to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually none; link should return<br />

to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually none; link should return<br />

to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Usually none; link should return<br />

to normal once test is<br />

completed. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

7001 PRI SVC AUDIT TIMEOUT: Check PRI facility and report to<br />

service provider; otherwise, no<br />

action is needed. If problem<br />

persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

7002 PRI SVC STATE<br />

INCONSIST:<br />

Check PRI facility and report to<br />

service provider; otherwise, no<br />

action is needed. If problem<br />

persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

7003 PRI D-CHNL INOPERATIVE: Check PRI facility and report to<br />

service provider; otherwise, no<br />

action is needed. If problem<br />

persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

7004 PRI B-CHNL NOT<br />

RELEASED:<br />

7005 PRI B-CH GROUP<br />

INCONSIST:<br />

7006 PRI PROTOCOL MISMATCH:<br />

A mismatch in the protocol being<br />

supplied versus the protocol<br />

expected by <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND.<br />

Check PRI facility and report to<br />

service provider; otherwise, no<br />

action is needed. If problem<br />

persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Check PRI facility and report to<br />

service provider; otherwise, no<br />

action is needed. If problem<br />

persists, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Inform the service provider to<br />

change the administration for<br />

this circuit. After the service<br />

provider restarts the circuit,<br />

verify that all alarms for this slot<br />

are cleared.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

118


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

7401 TRK UPLINK MESSAGE<br />

ERROR:<br />

Communication problems<br />

between processor and modules;<br />

unrecognized message from<br />

module to processor.<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Test trunk with single-line<br />

telephone. If problem is not in<br />

trunk, replace module with one<br />

known to work. If problem is not<br />

seen with known working<br />

module, replace module and<br />

restart.<br />

7402 LOOP CONTROL BIT NOT Test trunk with single-line<br />

telephone. If problem is not in<br />

SET:<br />

trunk, replace module with one<br />

No loop current on outgoing call. If<br />

known to work. If problem is not<br />

error occurs four times<br />

seen with known working<br />

consecutively, and if automatic<br />

module, replace module and<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled with<br />

restart.<br />

less than 50% maintenance busy,<br />

trunk is busied-out automatically.<br />

7403 NO LOOP CURRENT: Test trunk with single-line<br />

Communication problems telephone. If problem is not in<br />

between module and CO. No loop trunk, replace module with one<br />

current. If error occurs four times known to work. If problem is not<br />

consecutively, and if automatic seen with known working<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled with module, replace module and<br />

less than 50% maintenance busy, restart.<br />

trunk is busied-out automatically.<br />

7404 STUCK RINGING:<br />

Communication problems<br />

between module and CO. If error<br />

occurs two times consecutively,<br />

trunk is busied-out automatically<br />

whether or not automatic<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled.<br />

7801 NOT IN NORMAL OP MODE:<br />

Module not in normal operation<br />

mode; reported in background<br />

module check.<br />

7802 SANITY INT NOT<br />

GENERATED:<br />

Applies only to modules with<br />

extension jacks.<br />

7803 NO PORT BOARDS<br />

AVAILABLE:<br />

Modules not present.<br />

7804 INVALID SANITY<br />

RESPONSE:<br />

Sanity test received invalid<br />

responses; applies only to<br />

modules with extension jacks.<br />

Test trunk with single-line<br />

telephone. If problem is not in<br />

trunk, replace module with one<br />

known to work. If problem is not<br />

seen with known working<br />

module, replace module and<br />

restart.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

Maintenance→Slot→<br />

Slot Number→Reset<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

None; delete entry from<br />

transient log.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

119


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

7805 INVALID SLOT NUMBER: None; if problem persists,<br />

Rare; software could not process restart system.<br />

an event detection because slot<br />

number was invalid.<br />

7806 NOT IN STANDBY MODE:<br />

Reported during cold start or<br />

background check.<br />

7807 SELF TEST NOT<br />

COMPLETED:<br />

Reported during cold start.<br />

7808 TEST RESULT REGISTER<br />

BAD:<br />

A module or processor error<br />

during test run.<br />

7809 TEST STATUS REGISTER<br />

BAD:<br />

A module or processor error<br />

during test run.<br />

780A DPR TEST NOT<br />

COMPLETED:<br />

Reported during cold start.<br />

780C RAM TEST FAILURE:<br />

Memory failed ram test; turns on<br />

processor led.<br />

780D UPPER ROM FAILURE:<br />

Memory failed rom test; turns on<br />

processor led.<br />

780E LOWER ROM FAILURE:<br />

Memory failed rom test; turns on<br />

processor LED.<br />

8001 UNEXPECTED ETR MESSAGE<br />

Indicates one of the following:<br />

■ An unsupported ETR<br />

telephone was connected.<br />

■ An ETR/MLS telephone is<br />

faulty.<br />

■ An ETR board is faulty.<br />

■ The software is showing the<br />

message in error.<br />

8401 MISCELLANEOUS ERROR:<br />

Not reported.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

Reset board. If problem<br />

persists, check module.<br />

If problem persists, check<br />

module.<br />

If problem persists, replace<br />

processor.<br />

If problem persists, replace<br />

processor.<br />

If problem persists, replace<br />

processor.<br />

If a single user is complaining<br />

about an ETR/MLS telephone<br />

not working properly, check to<br />

be sure the telephone is a<br />

supported model. If the ETR/<br />

MLS telephone is supported,<br />

replace the faulty telephone.<br />

If multiple ETR/MLS telephone<br />

users connected to the same<br />

ETR module are complaining<br />

that the telephones are not<br />

working properly, troubleshoot<br />

the module and replace it if<br />

necessary. If no users are<br />

complaining, simply clear the<br />

error.<br />

None.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

120


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

8402 WINK TOO SHORT:<br />

Check far end of network.<br />

Outbound dialing problems on tie Check for faulty cable. Replace<br />

trunks. Wink from the far end of module.<br />

network interface is less than 100<br />

ms, the minimum for delay-dial or<br />

wink-start tie trunks. Tie trunk<br />

waits for valid signal.<br />

8403 NO EXTERNAL RELEASE:<br />

Communication problems<br />

between module and CO. Far end<br />

has not disconnected within 4<br />

minutes. If error occurs twice<br />

consecutively, trunk is busied-out<br />

automatically whether or not<br />

automatic maintenance-busy is<br />

enabled.<br />

Check far end of network<br />

interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />

8404 ON HOOK BEFORE WINK:<br />

Outbound dialing problems on tie<br />

trunks. Far end of network<br />

interface went on-hook before<br />

handshake was completed (for<br />

delay-dial or wink-start tie trunk).<br />

If problem persists, check tie<br />

trunk configuration. Check far<br />

end. Check for faulty cable.<br />

Replace module.<br />

8405 ON HOOK BEFORE READY: Check far end of network<br />

Outbound dialing problems on tie interface. Check wink start and<br />

trunks. Far end of network for faulty cable. Check far end of<br />

interface went on-hook before network. Replace module.<br />

guard time elapsed (for delay-dial<br />

or wink-start tie trunk).<br />

8406 INTERDIGIT TOO SHORT:<br />

Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />

and DID trunks.<br />

Check far end of network<br />

interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />

Replace module.<br />

8407 BAD UPDATE:<br />

Turn processor off and then on.<br />

Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />

between processor and modules; procedure. If problem persists,<br />

module may need to be replaced. contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

8408 ROTARY RATE > 12PPS:<br />

Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />

and did trunks.<br />

8409 ROTARY RATE < 8PPS:<br />

Inbound dialing problems on tie<br />

and did trunks.<br />

Check far end of network<br />

interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />

Replace module.<br />

Check far end of network<br />

interface. Check for faulty cable.<br />

Replace module.<br />

840A BAD DOWNLINK MESSAGE: Turn processor off and then on.<br />

Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />

between processor and modules; procedure. If problem persists,<br />

module received an unrecognized replace module.<br />

message from processor.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

121


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

840B NO LOOP CURRENT: Replace module with similar<br />

Communication problems module and test. If problem is<br />

between module and CO; no loop resolved, replace bad module. If<br />

current. If error occurs four times problem persists, reinstall old<br />

consecutively and if automatic module and test trunk.<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />

maintenance-busy limit is less<br />

than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />

automatically.<br />

840C STUCK RINGING:<br />

Replace module with similar<br />

Communication problems module and test. If problem is<br />

between module and CO; no loop resolved, replace bad module. If<br />

current. If error occurs four times problem persists, reinstall old<br />

consecutively and if automatic module and test trunk.<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />

maintenance-busy limit is less<br />

than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />

automatically.<br />

840D INCORRECT FIRMWARE Turn power off for at least one<br />

second, and then turn it on.<br />

STATE:<br />

Repeat system programming<br />

If error occurs four times<br />

procedure. If problem persists,<br />

consecutively and if automatic<br />

replace module.<br />

maintenance-busy is enabled and<br />

maintenance-busy limit is less<br />

than 50%, trunk is busied-out<br />

automatically.<br />

840E UPLINK MESSAGE ERROR: Turn processor off and then on.<br />

Communication problems Repeat system programming<br />

between processor and modules. procedure. If problem persists,<br />

Module received unrecognized replace module.<br />

message from processor.<br />

840F LOST IDLE MESSAGE<br />

ERROR:<br />

Loop start trunk lost an idle<br />

message during glare timing.<br />

8C01 SLOTS NOT EQUAL:<br />

Module that occupies indicated<br />

slot does not match slot<br />

information contained in PC or<br />

PCMCIA card backup file.<br />

9801 MCARD WRITE ERROR:<br />

Write to memory card is<br />

unsuccessful or too slow.<br />

9802 MCARD ERASE ERROR:<br />

Erasure of memory card is<br />

unsuccessful or too slow.<br />

<strong>System</strong> has taken corrective<br />

action. If problem persists,<br />

contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

Check slot descriptions in<br />

backup file against actual<br />

system modules that occupy<br />

slots. After mismatch is<br />

corrected, restore.<br />

Reset card and try again. If<br />

problem persists, replace card<br />

and try again. If problem<br />

continues, replace processor<br />

module.<br />

Reset card and try again. If<br />

problem persists, replace card<br />

and try again. If problem<br />

continues, replace processor<br />

module.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

122


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

9803 MCARD 12-VOLT ERROR: Reset card and try again. If<br />

Memory card voltage is incorrect. problem persists, replace card<br />

and try again. If problem<br />

continues, replace processor<br />

module.<br />

9C01 NW REJECTS SPID:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

9C03 LINK ESTABLISHMENT<br />

FAIL:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

9C04 NW NOT RESPOND TO<br />

SETUP:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

9C05 NW NOT RESPOND TO<br />

RELEASE:<br />

Service on link has been lost.<br />

9C07 ENDPOINT UNINIT<br />

(L2/L3):<br />

Service on link is uninitialized.<br />

9C08 PROTOCOL ERROR:<br />

Service on link may be affected.<br />

A401 CTI LINK BROADCAST<br />

RESET:<br />

Occurs during a broadcast reset.<br />

Check programmed line. Modify<br />

if required, or call Cental Office<br />

to correct.<br />

Check that line is securely<br />

connected to port and that LEDs<br />

on module show proper<br />

operation. If card appears to<br />

work properly, line may not have<br />

been activated by Central<br />

Office.<br />

Network not responding to<br />

LEGEND messages. Contact<br />

Central Office.<br />

Network not responding to<br />

LEGEND messages. Contact<br />

Central Office.<br />

If this lasts more than three<br />

minutes, replug the DSL. If the<br />

error remains, contact Central<br />

Office.<br />

Verify line provisioning. If<br />

correct, contact NSAC Tier III.<br />

If several of these occur:<br />

■ Check that the system is in<br />

Hybrid/PBX mode.<br />

■ Validate the wiring and the<br />

connections.<br />

■ Press the Restart Button<br />

(see the procedure<br />

“Restart” in Chapter 4 of<br />

Maintenance and<br />

Troubleshooting).<br />

■ Call the TSO’s Telephony<br />

Services Maintenance<br />

Group (800 242-2121) for<br />

procedures to unload and<br />

reload the PBX driver.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

123


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Maintenance Error Codes—Continued<br />

Error<br />

Code Description Action<br />

A801 CTI LINK HIDDEN RESET: If several of these occur, and the<br />

Occurs during a hidden reset.<br />

client application has “slow”<br />

response time:<br />

■ Validate the wiring and the<br />

connections.<br />

■ Press the Restart Button<br />

(see the procedure<br />

“Restart” in Chapter 4 of<br />

Maintenance and<br />

Troubleshooting).<br />

■ Call the TSO’s Telephony<br />

Services Maintenance<br />

Group (800 242-2121) for<br />

procedures to unload and<br />

reload the PBX driver.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

124


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

NOTES<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

125


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History<br />

Module/<br />

Component<br />

Backplane<br />

PEC Comcode Apparatus Code<br />

Basic 106388614 403E<br />

107007114 403G<br />

Expansion 61490 106388630 403F<br />

Power Supply<br />

61450 107007122 403H<br />

120 V 105743801 391A1<br />

106257199 391A2<br />

107184848 391A3<br />

100 – 240 V 107793275 391C1<br />

220 V 106678931 391B1<br />

107184855 391B2<br />

Auxiliary<br />

Processor<br />

61416 406467142 90240-3<br />

R1.0/2.0 106215155 517A27<br />

Secure 107096869 517A27-F<br />

Hong Kong 107221434 517A27(16)<br />

Czech 107628133 517A27(34)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

126


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Release<br />

Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

All<br />

All<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Used in control units<br />

6140-CU1, 6140-CU2, 6140-CU3,<br />

6140-INT, 6140-220, 6140-CUL,<br />

6140-P3C, 6140-P3D, 6140-P3E,<br />

6140-P4D, 6140-P4F and 6140-<br />

SEC<br />

Used in control units<br />

6140-C61, 6140-U61A, 6140-61C,<br />

6140-61D, 6140-61F, 6140-61G,<br />

6140-61I, 6140-61J,<br />

6140-P3E, and 6140-CU3<br />

All non-US<br />

Used in control unit<br />

6140-220 and in expansion units<br />

61450 and 61497<br />

All US No longer available<br />

1.0, 2.0, 1.1, 2.1,<br />

1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i<br />

00 Used in control units<br />

6140-CU2, 6140-INT, 6140-INT,<br />

and 6140-220<br />

2.0, 2.1 05 For Federal <strong>System</strong>s; used in<br />

control unit<br />

6140-SEC<br />

1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i 01 For Hong Kong<br />

1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i For Czech Republic<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

127


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History—Continued<br />

Module/<br />

Component<br />

Processor (cont’d)<br />

PEC Comcode Apparatus Code<br />

R3.0 107040438 517A33<br />

107438921 517B33<br />

R3.1 107752693 517D33<br />

R4.0 107743403 517C33<br />

R6.0 108282765 517M33A<br />

R6.1 108282765 517M33A<br />

R7.0 108330531 517N33A<br />

Feature Module<br />

R1.0 106064660 517A25<br />

106656739 517B25<br />

106729031 517C25<br />

106767767 517C25B<br />

106743008 517D25<br />

106743016 517E25<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

128


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Release<br />

Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

3.0 01 ML R3.0 or later; no FM used; used in control<br />

units 6140-CU3, 6140-P3C, 6140-P3D,<br />

6140-P3E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-103A<br />

02 ML R3.0 or later; no FM used; higher<br />

temperature reliability; no watch point<br />

registers; used in control units 6140-CU3,<br />

6140-P3C, 6140-P3D, 6140-P3E, 6141-<br />

U3LA, 6141-103A<br />

3.1 02 Used in control units 6140-C31, 6140-P31C,<br />

6140-P31D, 6140-P31E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-<br />

103A<br />

4.0 02 Used in control units 6140-CU3, 6140-P3C,<br />

6140-P3D, 6140-P3E, 6141-U3LA, 6141-<br />

103A<br />

6.0 Used in control units 6140-CU6, 6140-P6C,<br />

6140-P6D,6140-P6F, 6140-P6G, 6140-P6I,<br />

6140-P6J, 6141-115A, 6141-116A<br />

6.1 Used in control units 6140-C61, 6140-61C,<br />

6140-61D, 6140-61F, 6140-61G, 6140-61I,<br />

6140-61J, 6141-U61A, 6141-UGLA<br />

7 Used in control unit 6140-CU7<br />

1.0 GA version<br />

1.0 SW1 = 1.0<br />

V14.7<br />

See QPPCN 244 MT.<br />

1.0 SW = 1.0<br />

V14.9<br />

1.0 SW = 1.0<br />

VEAL<br />

(14.10)<br />

1 SW = software.<br />

See QPPCNs 244MTS1 and 251MT.<br />

See QPPCN 254MT.<br />

1.1 GA version<br />

1.1 SW = 1.1<br />

V5.2<br />

See QPPCN 260MT.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

129


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History—Continued<br />

Module/<br />

Component<br />

Feature Module (cont’d)<br />

PEC Comcode<br />

Apparatus<br />

Code<br />

R1.1 106825888 517F25<br />

106999873 517F25B<br />

106999899 517F25C<br />

R2.0 106874738 517G25<br />

106874746 517H25<br />

R2.1 106874753 517J25<br />

107526352 517J25B<br />

NI-BRI (R2.B) 106999824 517K25<br />

107499170 517K25B<br />

R1.2i 106796949 517A30<br />

R1.3i 106875750 517B30(28)<br />

106875768 517C30<br />

R1.4i 107252728 517D30<br />

PCMCIA Card<br />

Backup/Restore 61501 107245243 10A1<br />

R3.0 SW Upgrade 107245250 10B1<br />

R3.0 Forced Install 107245268<br />

107655201<br />

10C1<br />

10C2<br />

R3.1 SW Upgrade 107752743 10B2<br />

R3.1 Forced Install 107752677 10C3<br />

R4.0 SW Upgrade 61506 107741274 10D1<br />

R4.0 Forced Install 107741241 10E1<br />

R6.0V11 Forced Install 108261652 10G2<br />

R6.1 Forced Install 108282484 10H1<br />

R7 Forced Install 108387929 10J1<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

130


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Release<br />

Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

1.1 SW = 1.1<br />

V5.3<br />

See QPPCN 266MT.<br />

1.1 SW = 1.1<br />

V7.3<br />

See QPPCN 292MT.<br />

1.1 SW = 1.1<br />

V7.7<br />

See QPPCN 308MT.<br />

2.0 SW = 2.0<br />

V8.2<br />

See QPPCN 279MT.<br />

2.0 SW = 2.0<br />

V8.3<br />

See QPPCN 290MT.<br />

2.1 SW = 4.0 See QPPCN 307MT.<br />

2.1 SW = 4.9 See QPPCN 406MT<br />

NI-BRI (2.B) SW = 9.2 Pre-GA<br />

NI-BRI (2.B)<br />

1.2i<br />

1.3i<br />

SW = 9.6 GA version<br />

1.3i SW = 8.0 GA version<br />

1.4i Included in 6141-INT and 6141-<br />

220<br />

3.0 and later Translation card for R3; also<br />

included as part of processor<br />

PEC<br />

3.0 Contains R3V10.3<br />

3.0 R3V10.0<br />

R3V10.3<br />

3.1 Contains R3.1V2.0<br />

3.1 Contains R3.1V2.0<br />

4.0 Contains R4.0V9.0<br />

4.0 Contains R4.0V9.0<br />

6.0 Contains R6.0V11<br />

6.1<br />

7.0<br />

Contains R6.1<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

131


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History—Continued<br />

Module/<br />

Component PEC Comcode<br />

Apparatus<br />

Code<br />

008 ATL 61385 103983508 517A3<br />

61485 105351092 517B3<br />

008 MLX 61486 105628010 517A21<br />

008 OPT<br />

107798183 517B21<br />

108333717 517C21<br />

Without Ring Generator 106387525 517A28<br />

61489<br />

106933187 517B28<br />

106980162 517C28<br />

107009821 517C28B<br />

With Ring Generator 106995269 517D28<br />

012 T/R<br />

61479<br />

Without Ring Generator 105249023<br />

105461545<br />

61387 or<br />

61487<br />

107321192 517D28A<br />

107731994 517E28<br />

517A13<br />

517B13<br />

105512412 517C13<br />

106397631 517D13<br />

106553779 517E13<br />

106767379 517F13<br />

With Ring Generator 106933773 517G13<br />

61494 or<br />

61459<br />

107108698 517G13(28)<br />

107438939 517H13<br />

Ring Generator 61388 105213201 129B<br />

61498 106741788 129C<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

132


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Release<br />

Used In<br />

HW<br />

Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

All 0.1 0.B<br />

0.1 0.B Reduced package; no telephone user’s<br />

guide<br />

0.4 1.1<br />

0.4<br />

05<br />

1.3<br />

All 02 11<br />

03 12 Fixes ring patterns and ring trip<br />

03 14 Eliminates flash during hang-up<br />

03 15 Eliminates flash during answer<br />

All 04 16 Built-in ring generator<br />

05 16<br />

05 17<br />

05 18 Enhances ringing on long loops<br />

All 01<br />

01<br />

REN >5<br />

Enhanced battery feed protection<br />

01 08 Forward disconnect added; need for Voice<br />

Mail<br />

01 08 Improve performance of inductive ringers<br />

01 08 Meets EIA transmission standards for use<br />

with MEGACOM® services<br />

01 70<br />

All 02 32 Built-in ring generator; REN


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History—Continued<br />

Module/<br />

Component PEC Comcode<br />

Apparatus<br />

Code<br />

016 T/R 61507 107824948 517B34<br />

108333691 517D34<br />

016 ETR 61512A 108359571 517A56<br />

016 MLX 61511A 108333659 517A54<br />

100D (DS1)/T-1 61491 107538887 517A15<br />

105461560 517B15<br />

105512438 517C15<br />

517E15<br />

108044769 517M15<br />

400 EM TIE 61492 8303-<br />

200<br />

105311401 517A14<br />

108314261 517D14<br />

400 (w/TTRs) 61379 105408892 517B12<br />

400 GS/LS/TTR 61483 105627988 517A18<br />

105628044 517B18<br />

107044869 517C18<br />

400 LS 61384 103983490 517A2<br />

105351084 517B2<br />

400 LS/TTR<br />

Int’l (DTD)<br />

61452 106819238 517B12(28)<br />

107732018 517C12(28)<br />

408 GS/LS/ATL 61481 106064678 517A26<br />

106939366 517B26<br />

107044877 517C26<br />

408 GS/LS MLX 61493 106698590 517A29<br />

107044851 517B29<br />

408 GS/LS-ID-MLX 61505 108333733 517E29<br />

408 LS/ATL 61482 103983482 517A1<br />

105351076 517B1<br />

105512495 517C1<br />

800 NI-BRI 61503 107025793 517A32<br />

800 NI-BRI 61510 107731127 517A35<br />

108318494 517B35<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

134


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Release<br />

Used In<br />

HW<br />

Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

4.0, 1.4i App Vintage 04 R4.0 and later<br />

7<br />

7<br />

All Tie trunk only<br />

LS, GS, DID, and PRI emulation added<br />

Meets BC interoperability specs<br />

Improved EMI performance<br />

All<br />

All 01 0.B Lightning protection added; starting in<br />

1996, replaced by 517C12(28)<br />

All U.S. 03 1.1<br />

03 1.2 Sleeping TTR fix<br />

1.2i, 1.3i, 1.4i<br />

03 1.3 Phantom ringback fix<br />

No lightning protection; 146 protector<br />

required<br />

Lightning protection added<br />

Includes LG80 crosstalk fix<br />

All U.S. 04 11<br />

04 12 Reduces clicking on third carrier<br />

04 13 Phantom ringback fix<br />

All US 2.0 or later<br />

App Vintage 24<br />

28 Cost-reduced version; current<br />

production<br />

29 Withdrawn from production<br />

7.0 and later App Vintage 27, R7.0 and later<br />

All 01 0.B No lightning protection; 146A protector<br />

required<br />

01 0.B Protection added<br />

01 0.B Reduced packing; no telephone user’s<br />

guide<br />

NI-BRI (2.B) 00 70 Supports 5ESS® Custom<br />

4.0 Supports ISDN 1 standard<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

135


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Module/Component History—Continued<br />

Module/<br />

Component PEC Comcode<br />

Apparatus<br />

Code<br />

800 DID 61488 105628002 517A20<br />

105628077 517B20<br />

106936644 517C20<br />

106995251 517D20<br />

108318478 517G20<br />

800 GS/LS 61484A 105627996 517A19<br />

105628069 517B19<br />

800 GS/LS ICLID 61502 106975584 517A31<br />

108357609 517B31<br />

800 LS 61384 103983516 517A4<br />

105351100 517B4<br />

800 LS Int’l 61451 106819220 517B4(28)<br />

800 LS Int’l<br />

(DTD/PPM)<br />

61458 107074726 517C4(28)<br />

E1<br />

107252736 517D4(28)<br />

75 Ohm 61454 106825896 517C15(28)<br />

517E15(28)<br />

120 Ohm 61457 107100133 517D15(28)<br />

107533861 517F15(28)<br />

MFC 6-Channel 61456 106825904 517C16(28)<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

136


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Release<br />

Used In HW Vint FW Vint Notes<br />

All 01 11<br />

02 01 Fixes DID call misrouting<br />

03 12 Eliminates false error messages<br />

04 17 Cost-reduced version<br />

All US 03 1.1 App Vintage 13. R3.0 and later<br />

3.0 or later<br />

03 1.2 Phantom ringback fix<br />

All 0.1 0.B No lightning protection; 146A<br />

protection required<br />

0.1 0.B Introduces dual solid-state relays<br />

on lower board<br />

1.2i, 1.3i 0.2 0.CD<br />

1.3i, 1.4i 02 E4<br />

1.3i, 1.4i<br />

1.3i, 1.4i<br />

1.3i, 1.4i<br />

PFT polarity fix<br />

EMI improvement<br />

EMI improvement<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

137


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Telephone LEDs<br />

MLX-20L Console<br />

<strong>System</strong><br />

Programming<br />

LED Status<br />

Menu Green LED Red LED<br />

Option Option ON OFF ON OFF<br />

Lines Trunks Tie Lines<br />

Inmode Incoming tie Incoming tie<br />

line is touch- line is rotary<br />

tone<br />

dial 1<br />

Outmode Outgoing tie Outgoing tie<br />

line is touch- line is rotary<br />

tone<br />

dial 1<br />

Dialtone Remote dial<br />

tone1 Lines Trunks TT/LS<br />

Disc<br />

1 Factory setting<br />

Outmode Line/trunk is<br />

touch-tone 1<br />

Local dial<br />

tone<br />

Line/trunk is<br />

rotary dial<br />

Lines Trunks Pools Trunk is<br />

in pool<br />

Lines Trunks Toll Type Must dial 1 +<br />

area code 1<br />

Lines Trunks Hold<br />

Disconc<br />

Lines<br />

Trunks<br />

LS-ID<br />

Delay<br />

Extensions Lines<br />

Trunks<br />

Long—<br />

450 ms 1<br />

LS-ID Delay<br />

is on<br />

Line/trunk or<br />

pool is<br />

assigned<br />

to button<br />

1 + dialing is<br />

not needed<br />

Short—<br />

50 ms<br />

LS-ID Delay<br />

is off 1<br />

Line/trunk or<br />

pool is not<br />

assigned<br />

to button<br />

Trunk is<br />

assigned<br />

to a pool<br />

Trunk is<br />

not in<br />

pool<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

138


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Telephone LEDs—Continued<br />

DSS Console<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

<strong>System</strong><br />

Programming<br />

Menu Red LED Status<br />

Option Option ON OFF FLASHING<br />

Extensions Account<br />

(FACE)<br />

Forced Account<br />

Code Entry<br />

assigned<br />

Extensions BIS/HFAI Telephone has<br />

BIS/HFAI<br />

capability<br />

(factory setting<br />

for analog<br />

multiline<br />

telephone)<br />

Extensions Call<br />

Pickup<br />

Extensions VoiceSignl Voice Announce<br />

to busy<br />

assigned<br />

Extensions Ext<br />

status<br />

Extensions Group<br />

Page<br />

Extensions Group<br />

Cover<br />

Extensions Group Calling<br />

Members<br />

1 Factory setting<br />

Forced Account<br />

Code Entry not<br />

assigned 1<br />

Telephone is Telephone is not<br />

assigned to Call assigned to Call<br />

Pickup Group<br />

Pickup Group 1<br />

Voice Announce<br />

to Busy not<br />

assigned 1<br />

Extension Extension<br />

Status assigned Status not<br />

assigned<br />

Telephone is in<br />

group<br />

Telephone is not<br />

in group 1<br />

Telephone is in Telephone is not<br />

coverage group in coverage<br />

group 1<br />

Telephone is<br />

assigned to<br />

group<br />

Extensions Mic Disable Telephone<br />

microphone is<br />

disabled<br />

Extensions Remote Frwd Telephone can<br />

transfer calls to<br />

a remote<br />

telephone<br />

number<br />

Night<br />

Service<br />

Group Assign Telephone is in<br />

group<br />

Telephone is not<br />

assigned to<br />

group 1<br />

Telephone<br />

microphone is<br />

enabled<br />

Telephone<br />

cannot transfer<br />

calls to a remote<br />

telephone<br />

number 1<br />

Telephone is not<br />

in group 1<br />

Extension<br />

Status can be<br />

assigned<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

139


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Telephone LEDs—Continued<br />

DSS Console—Continued<br />

<strong>System</strong><br />

Programming<br />

Menu Red LED Status<br />

Option Option ON OFF FLASHING<br />

Night<br />

Service<br />

Aux<br />

Equip<br />

Aux<br />

Equip<br />

Exclude List Telephone is<br />

excluded<br />

Msg Waiting Station is a fax<br />

messagewaiting<br />

station<br />

Fax Extension Extension is a<br />

fax machine<br />

Tables AllowTo Allowed List<br />

assigned to<br />

telephone<br />

Tables DisallowTo Disallowed list<br />

assigned to<br />

telephone<br />

1 Factory setting<br />

Telephone is<br />

not excluded 1<br />

Station is not a<br />

fax messagewaiting<br />

station<br />

Extension is not<br />

a fax machine<br />

Allowed List is<br />

not assigned to<br />

telephone 1<br />

Disallowed list<br />

is not assigned<br />

to telephone1 Data Voice/Data Voice/data pair Not voice/data<br />

pair 1<br />

Operator Direct Trunk<br />

Queued Call<br />

Operator<br />

position<br />

Operator Queued Call Message<br />

Message Center Center position<br />

Operator In Queue Alert Position<br />

receives<br />

In-Queue alert<br />

Call Types—<br />

Dial 0, LDN<br />

Unassigned,<br />

DID, Grp<br />

Coverage<br />

Position<br />

receives call<br />

type<br />

Other Can be<br />

assigned as<br />

operator<br />

position<br />

Other Can be<br />

assigned as<br />

Message<br />

Center<br />

Other Position can<br />

receive<br />

In-Queue<br />

alert<br />

Other Position can<br />

receive call<br />

type<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

140


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Wiring Constraints<br />

<strong>System</strong> Wiring<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

■ <strong>System</strong> within 5 feet of dedicated AC power outlet.<br />

■ <strong>System</strong> within 25 feet of the network interface.<br />

■ Telephones within 1000 cable feet (304.8 m) of all telephones<br />

except MLX telephones. MLX telephones within 3000 feet of<br />

control unit. IROBs if needed.<br />

■ Ground wire for the power supply cannot be over 10 feet.<br />

■ If the SMDR printer is over 50 feet from the control unit, use an<br />

Asynchronous Data unit (ADU).<br />

■ Back-to-back connection of the DS1 facility with another<br />

system’s facility is possible when the cable distance is less than<br />

1300 feet.<br />

■ Telephone Wiring.<br />

■ Maximum cord length from an MLX telephone to a ISDN data<br />

module is 80 feet (24 m).<br />

■ Total length of cords between the KS22911-L2 or 406743419<br />

power supply and the MLX telephone cannot be more than 50<br />

feet.<br />

■ Do not replace the 2-foot. D8AC cord (packaged with the DSS)<br />

with a longer cord.<br />

■ Radio base of the MDW 9000 cordless telephone must be at<br />

least 25 feet from the control unit.<br />

PC Connections<br />

To use the DOS SPM or WinSPM software, you must install the<br />

software using the directions packaged with the software. Also, your<br />

PC must be connected to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> directly via<br />

a serial port on your PC, or you must connect to the <strong>MERLIN</strong><br />

LEGEND internal modem using your PC’s modem:<br />

■ Direct Connection. A serial port on your PC is connected<br />

directly to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> programming jack—<br />

the lower modular RS-232 jack on the processor module.<br />

■ Internal Connection. You are using a modem (either<br />

connected to or built into your PC) that is connected to the<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>System</strong> (for example, via an 012 T/R or 016<br />

T/R module) to access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem.<br />

■ External Connection. You are using a modem (either<br />

connected to or built into your PC) and using a dial-up<br />

connection to access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem.<br />

The External Connection type requires use of the Remote<br />

Access feature to allow you to connect to the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

programming port without human intervention.<br />

■ Manual Connection. You are using a modem (either connected<br />

to or built into your PC) and using a dial-up connection to<br />

access the <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND internal modem. The Manual<br />

Connection is used when you must reach <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND<br />

programming port by placing a call to the site and the person<br />

that answers transfers your call to the programming port.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

141


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

NOTE:<br />

If you are using WinSPM, follow the instructions packaged<br />

with the software.<br />

Direct Local Connection<br />

Follow these steps to access SPM when you are directly connected<br />

to the system via the administration jack on the processor module:<br />

1. Set up the physical connection between your laptop or PC and<br />

the control unit.<br />

2. Start SPM and press any key to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />

Local Modem Connection<br />

Follow these steps to access SPM when you are connected onsite<br />

via a modem:<br />

<br />

1. Set up the physical connections between the PC and a<br />

tip/ring port on a control unit module.<br />

<br />

2. Type spm and press or double-click the<br />

<br />

icon to display<br />

the SPM Welcome screen.<br />

3. Press to display a blank screen on which you can enter<br />

modem commands. (You may have to press several<br />

times.)<br />

4. Dial the commands required by your modem and dial *10.<br />

5. Type the SPM password to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />

Remote Modem Connection<br />

<br />

Follow these steps to access SPM when you connected offsite via a<br />

modem:<br />

<br />

1. Type spm and press to display the SPM<br />

<br />

Welcome<br />

screen.<br />

2. Press to display a blank screen on which you can enter<br />

modem commands. (You may have to press several<br />

times.)<br />

3. If your system has activated the Remote Access feature, type<br />

the following:<br />

a. The dial command required by your modem.<br />

b. Remote access telephone number.<br />

c. Barrier code (if existing) preceded by a “W.”<br />

d. W*10 (*10 is the extension for the programming port).<br />

4. If your system does not have the Remote Access feature<br />

activated, do the following:<br />

a. Place a voice call to the system on the line to which the<br />

modem is connected by using the main telephone number.<br />

b. Have the operator transfer you to the modem (by pressing<br />

Transfer, dialing *10, and hanging up the telephone).<br />

c. To put the modem online by typing the command required<br />

by your modem.<br />

d. Press , and hang up the telephone.<br />

5. Type the SPM password to display the SPM Main Menu.<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

142


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

When Calling NSAC<br />

Do the following before you call Tier III for troubleshooting:<br />

1. Check and recreate the problem.<br />

2. Connect your laptop or PC so you are ready.<br />

3. Know the software version of your system (Dial *05 on an ETR<br />

or MLX display telephone ICOM or SA button).<br />

4. Write down the errors in the Error Logs.<br />

5. Know the configuration of the system operator console (DLC or<br />

QCC).<br />

6. Know the type of tie lines (emulated or not, wink-start, etc.).<br />

QPPCNs on the NSAC Bulletin Board<br />

Follow these steps to review QPPCNs on the NSAC bulletin board:<br />

1. Dial 800-241-3375.<br />

2. At the first screen, select F for File Section.<br />

3. At the next screen, select N for Non-Tier III Tips.<br />

4. At the next screen, select 8 for QPPCNs.<br />

QPPCNs Online<br />

QPPCNs are available online at:<br />

http://www.bcs.com/tech_info/qppcn<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

143


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

Technical Addendum<br />

Technical Support Telephone Numbers<br />

Product or Service<br />

Lucent Technologies<br />

Equipment<br />

Comments<br />

Telephone<br />

Number<br />

NSAC Tech Support PARTNER, <strong>MERLIN</strong>,<br />

VINTAGE, CLASSIC<br />

800-552-3293<br />

TSC Tech Support DEFINITY 800-248-1234<br />

Network <strong>System</strong>s (RTAC) DACS, SLC, ESS, DDM 800-225-7822<br />

Network <strong>System</strong>s ISDN Sets (6500/7500) 800-225-4672<br />

Network Engineering Group <strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND private<br />

networking<br />

888-297-4700<br />

AT&T Paradyne<br />

Long Distance<br />

Over Local Lines/Trunks<br />

CSU, DSU, MUX, Hubs,<br />

Routers<br />

800-237-0016<br />

AT&T 800-222-3000<br />

MCI 800-444-2222<br />

SPRINT<br />

T1 Service<br />

800-877-4646<br />

AT&T 800/MEGACOM/ISDN 800-222-1000<br />

AT&T Data 800-325-1230<br />

MCI 800-444-8722<br />

SPRINT 800-877-5045<br />

or 6277<br />

To identify your long<br />

distance carrier<br />

700-555-4141<br />

To identify the telephone #<br />

10732-1-404from<br />

which you are calling<br />

Other GBCS Support<br />

988-9664<br />

NSAC QPPCN<br />

Coordinator<br />

Small Business Products 303-843-5204<br />

TSC QPPCN Coordinator Large Business Products 800-248-1234<br />

BCS Publications<br />

Documentation on all BCS 800-457-1235<br />

Center<br />

products<br />

NSAC Bulletin Board On-line technical/product<br />

information<br />

800-241-3375<br />

TIER III TIPS publication Sue Williams<br />

Publication Manager<br />

303-843-5921<br />

Tech Quarterly publication Production Editor 303-850-8898<br />

Comcode Hotline PEC/Comcode/Part Cross-<br />

Reference<br />

800-654-5832<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

144


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

NOTES<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

145


<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference 555-670-116<br />

Reference Documents<br />

NOTES<br />

Issue 1<br />

April 1999<br />

146


Feedback Form<br />

ÃÃÃÃ<br />

Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback on this document.<br />

Your comments can be of great value in helping us improve our documentation.<br />

Excellent Good Fair Poor<br />

Ease of Finding Information . . . . . . ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑<br />

Clarity . . . . . . ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑<br />

Completeness . . . . . .<br />

Accuracy . . . . . .<br />

Organization . . . . . .<br />

Appearance . . . . . .<br />

Examples . . . . . .<br />

Illustrations . . . . . .<br />

Overall Satisfaction . . . . . .<br />

Name: Telephone<br />

Number:<br />

( )<br />

Company/<br />

Organization<br />

Date:<br />

Address:<br />

<strong>MERLIN</strong> LEGEND <strong>Communications</strong> <strong>System</strong> Release 7.0<br />

Pocket Reference<br />

Issue 1, April 1999<br />

555-670-116, Comcode 108370305<br />

1. Please rate the effectiveness of this document in the following areas:<br />

2. Please check the ways you feel we could improve this document:<br />

❑ Improve the overview/introduction ❑ Make it more concise<br />

❑ Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials ❑ Add more figures<br />

❑ Add more/better quick reference aids ❑ Add more examples<br />

❑ Add more troubleshooting information ❑ Add more details<br />

❑ Improve the table of contents<br />

❑ Improve the index<br />

❑ Improve the organization<br />

Please add details about your major concerns.<br />

❑ Make it less technical<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

3. What did you like most about this document?<br />

4. Feel free to write any comments below or on an attached sheet.<br />

If we may contact you concerning your comments, please complete the following:<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

❑<br />

You may FAX your response to 908-953-6912. Thank you.<br />

147

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!